<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" version="2.0">
<channel>
<title><![CDATA[IST eClass Support]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/]]></link>
<description />
<generator><![CDATA[Kayako case v4.98.9]]></generator>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Up Your Gradebook]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-your-gradebook]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b3e3e393c77e35a4a3f3cbd1e429b5dc]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 16:54:55 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="alert" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>The eClass <strong>Gradebook</strong><em> </em>allows you to manage and organize a collection of grades in eClass. Items that have been assessed using an eClass activity will be automatically added to the gradebook. For example, if you add an Assignment activity to receive student papers, the assignment grades will be added to the gradebook.</p>
<p>The eClass <strong>Gradebook</strong> also allows you to add manually-graded items for offline activities such as TSQS-scored exams, class presentations, or participation. You can specify the method for calculating and weighting your assessment items and then tailor how these grades are displayed to your students.</p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#setting">Setting up your gradebook</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#definition">Definition of terms</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#final">Weighing and calculating your final grades</a></li>
<li>- <a href="#simple">Simple weighted mean of grades</a></li>
<li>- <a href="#weighted">Weighted mean of grades</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="setting"></a>Setting up your gradebook:</strong></span></p>
<p>To set up your gradebook, follow these steps:</p>
<p>From your course main page, specify the following initial gradebook settings to ensure your grades are displayed properly to students:</p>
<p>1. Click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab at the top of your course page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup-a.png" alt="" width="546" height="263" /></p>
<p>2. Scroll down to the 'Appearance' settings area and ensure that <strong>Show students their own grades </strong>is set to <strong>Yes</strong>.</p>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>Students will be able to access only their own grades.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup-1.png" alt="" width="652" height="259" /><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><strong><a id="definition"></a>Definition of terms:</strong></p>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Aggregation: Grade aggregation in eClass is defined as the methods for grouping, weighting, and calculating grade totals.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Automatic grading: activities (assignments, quizzes, forums, etc) already added to your course and given a grade in their settings will already appear as columns in your gradebook. Activity grades will automatically appear in your gradebook.</span><br />
<ul style="list-style-type: disc;">
<li>For quizzes, scoring is <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/112/15/quizzes---grading-quizzes">mostly</a> automatic; for assignments, you will need to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/35/15/grading-student-assignments">provide scores and feedback for students</a> in the assignment grading interface.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Manual grade items: Activities that do not automatically update the gradebook, such as participation marks or class presentations, can be added as manual grade items: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/235/15/adding-a-grade-item-in-the-gradebook">Adding Grade Items</a>.</li>
<li>Imported grades: if you have a large class and plan on importing grades from a spreadsheet (e.g., from an optically-scored exam), you can either create manual grade items in advance or on the fly during the import process. See the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/31/0/importing-grades-into-the-grader-report">Importing Grades into the Grader Report</a> for more information.</li>
<li><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Note: when adding manual grade items to a course, be sure to click 'Add grade item' and not 'Add category.' Using grade categories as grade items can cause problems in calculating grades.<strong><br /></strong></strong></span>
<ul>
<li><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;">Grade categories are used to group items by assessment type and, for example, to weigh them together or else to discard empty grades or one or more lowest grades in the category. For more information see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/151/0/setting-up-gradebook-categories">Setting Up Gradebook Categories</a>.</span></span><br /> </li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><a id="final"></a>Weighing and calculating your final grades:</strong></p>
<p>1. To set grade weights and calculations, click on the <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of your course page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup-b.png" alt="access grade book setup" /></p>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>The gradebook page will open.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>2. Click on the 'Grader report' dropdown then on 'Gradebook setup' to access the setup page for your gradebook:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebookSetup1_access.png" alt="grade book setup" width="472" height="453" /></p>
<p>3. In the 'Gradebook setup,' click on <strong>Edit → Edit</strong> <strong>settings </strong>at the top of the table beside your course's name.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebookSetup1.png" alt="" width="781" height="260" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>4. <a id="simple"></a>The <strong>Edit category </strong>page will open. Choose an aggregation method for your course in the <strong>Grade category</strong> section.</p>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>If you have set the maximum scores for your assessment items so that they all total up to 100, select <strong>Simple weighted mean of grades</strong>. You do not need to enter any further weighting information.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-setup-simple-weighted.png" alt="" width="479" height="544" /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<p>Your gradebook setup should list the maximum grades of each item adding up to 100:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebookSetup2.png" alt="" width="676" height="439" /></p>
<p></p>
<p><br /><a id="weighted"></a>5. Sometimes a grade item has a value too low to provide a useful assessment of a student's performance.</p>
<ul>
<li>For example, if you offer a quiz with 50 questions, it may not be useful to assign it a maximum grade of 10 as in the example above. You could instead give the quiz a maximum grade of any value and then set the weight of the grade item to a different value.</li>
<li>In this example, you could score the quiz out of 50 but have it count toward the final grade with a weight of 10%.</li>
<li>If you need to weigh certain items differently from their score, select <strong>Weighted mean of grades</strong> as your aggregation method.</li>
<li>This method will add a weight column to the 'Gradebook setup.'</li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<p>6. With the <strong>Edit category</strong> page open, choose an aggregation method for your course in the <strong>Grade category</strong> section.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-setup-weighted.png" alt="" width="523" height="540" /></p>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>Enter the weighted value for each of your grade items and save changes:<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebookSetup3.png" alt="" width="602" height="554" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>For information on the other aggregation methods or for making advanced gradebook calculations, see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/152/0/calculating-your-course-total">Calculating Your Course Total</a>.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><br /><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes: </strong></p>
<p><strong>You do not have to set aggregation methods at the start of the term.</strong> Grade items can be added to your course gradebook throughout the term and once all are present, the aggregation methods chosen to calculate the final grade. If you opt for doing this sort of setup ad hoc, you should review the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/265/15/controlling-the-visibility-of-your-gradebook">Controlling the Visibility of Your Gradebook</a>. Then consider hiding the course total until all the assessment items have been added so that students aren't confused by the 'running total'.<br /><br /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[eClass Exam Digitization Service]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/eclass-exam-digitization-service]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6ecbdd6ec859d284dc13885a37ce8d81]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 28 Apr 2020 12:37:23 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>During the rapid shift online in March 2020 due to the Covid pandemic, eClass began assisting instructors moving assessments online by converting digital files into electronic exams. <strong>As this service was intended to provide instructors with a starting point for moving exams online, with the return to in-person learning in Fall 2021, exams will no longer be digitized on demand. </strong>Instead, eClass will be working with i<strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">nstructors to train them in building and administering examinations through eClass to improve online exam delivery and the student experience.</span></strong></p>
<!--<p>The exam digitization service takes existing exams in an electronic format (MS word .doc or .docx) and converts them into quiz activities on eClass.&nbsp;The converted quizzes will be hidden from students so that instructors can review the questions and&nbsp;configure them correctly for&nbsp;electronic delivery.&nbsp;<strong>Note that the service will only digitize summative assessments (Midterms and Final exams) submitted at least 10 business days in advance of the exam date.</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">&nbsp;Exams submitted with less than 10 business days before the exam date will not be digitized, however, our team will happily&nbsp;consult with instructors about&nbsp;how to digitize their own assessments.&nbsp;</span></p>-->
<p>Instructors should begin by leveraging <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/286/13/adding-and-managing-quiz-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the guide for creating quizzes</a>, and <a href="https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/mod/lesson/view.php?id=3177331&amp;pageid=8141&amp;startlastseen=no" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this short instructional videos for basic aspects of quiz building here in eClass 101</a>. Information on the basic mechanisms for <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/358/45/creating-and-managing-large-question-banks" target="_blank" rel="noopener">importing and uploading files into the course question bank</a> is also available.</p>
<p>Instructors can also use 2 helper tools to assist them in this process: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/470/45/creating-quizzes-from-ms-word-files" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the Exam Digitizer</a>, a custom tool that converts MS Word exams into eClass quiz questions; and <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/12/1/obtaining-the-respondus-quiz-authoring-tool" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Respondus Quiz Authoring tool</a>. </p>
<p>Please note that online exams may not be required so instructors should follow any department, faculty, or central academic directives on assessment and should also consult the Centre for Teaching and Learning’s <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/centre-for-teaching-and-learning/teaching-support/assessment/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">guidelines for online assessment</a>.</p>
<!--<p><span style="font-size: 14pt;">To submit an exam for digitization, please&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/24VB8SHirqAARXpt7" target="_blank">complete this form</a>.</span></p>-->]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Exporting Grades in Bear Tracks Format]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/exporting-grades-in-bear-tracks-format]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6c8349cc7260ae62e3b1396831a8398f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 16 Mar 2012 21:59:28 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">You can use eClass to prepare a spreadsheet that can be imported directly into Bear Tracks as a part of the electronic grade submission process. To use this capability, you must be the instructor or TA of a credit section on eClass.</span></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">To perform a Bear Tracks export, your <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/153/0/setting-up-your-gradebook" target="_blank" rel="noopener">gradebook must be set up</a> and you need to have a column where the students' final grades have been calculated. This column can be any column in the course, <em>i.e</em>., it does not need to be the 'course total' column.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">The final grade does not need to be displayed as a letter grade as you will select the column to be used to calculate the final letter grades during the export process.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">If the column with the final score for your students is numeric, the final letter grades will get calculated automatically during the export based on the letter grade boundary distribution set up for your course. If you have not set letter grade boundaries, you must do so using the following article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/38/0/displaying-numeric-grades-as-letters" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Letter Grade Boundaries</a>.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">If instructors are using Excel to maintain grades <em>outside of eClass</em> and are making changes to their student list based on changes to the Bear Tracks roster throughout the term, please be aware that due to differences in the underlying database storage solutions, <em><strong>there may be slight differences in the default alphabetic sort order of student names. </strong></em>For this reason, instructors should avoid copy-pasting values between spreadsheets using the two different systems. If such a merge is required into a spreadsheet outside eClass, instructors should ensure that both sheets are sorted on student ID number instead of the name before pasting or (preferably) import values between the two spreadsheets using the CCID or student ID number as a key value. </p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline"><strong>Also please note</strong> that as of <strong>December 2022</strong>, Bear Tracks no longer accepts Excel files when uploading grades. Instructors should export eClass grades using the Bear Tracks format (as set up below) or as plain text .<strong>csv</strong> files.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline"><strong>Gradebooks exported as Excel files will not upload into Bear Tracks. </strong>Instructors should also ensure to save files as .<strong>csv</strong> (instead of native Excel file formats (.xlx or .xlxs) if they are using Excel on their local machine to store or adjust grades files.</p>
<!--Asim to verify this...<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline"><strong>If the column with the final score for your students is a letter scaled column, the final letter grades will be exported without conversion (the course letter grade boundaries will be ignored)</strong>.</p>-->
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To export grades in Bear Tracks format:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on <strong>Grades</strong> in the left navigation panel then select <strong>Export</strong>:<br /><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-export_beartracks0" alt="" width="422" height="512" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select<strong> Bear Tracks Grade Export</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/beartracks_export_1.png" alt="" width="536" height="285" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Selecting <strong>Bear Tracks Grade Export </strong>will open the options page for the export.<br /><br /></li>
<li>If you want to use a column other than the <strong>Course total</strong> to calculate your letter grades, you should set it in the <strong>Use this column to calculate the Final Letter Grade</strong> dropdown box.<br /><br /></li>
<li>You can also choose to include any or all of the other columns in your gradebook for your own information by checking beside them, but these will not be uploaded into Bear Tracks.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/beartracks_export_2.png" alt="" width="631" height="607" /></li>
</ol>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</span> You will need to verify your letter grade boundaries and check the required box before you are able to click <span style="font-weight: bold;">Download</span> to save the file to your local machine.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">Once downloaded, you can edit this file as long as you save it in the same .csv format. For example, you might do this if you want to manually enter the final letter grades for your students instead of having eClass run the letter grade calculations.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">Once you have prepared your spreadsheet, you can then upload this file directly into Bear Tracks <strong><a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/15V8rrsmB6J83PIEcDpKwgHIwb7TNmzc5-AqRgSQwxcU/edit?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">following this tutorial</a></strong> provided by the Bear Tracks team.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline">For full guides concerning Bear Tracks, please visit: <a href="https://sites.google.com/ualberta.ca/istea-campus-solutions/training-resources#h.ka37bzja7ty3">https://sites.google.com/ualberta.ca/istea-campus-solutions/training-resources#h.ka37bzja7ty3</a></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;" align="baseline"></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Cloze Quiz Question Settings]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/cloze-quiz-question-settings]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[72b32a1f754ba1c09b3695e0cb6cde7f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 24 Aug 2012 15:56:00 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[- NA -]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>Embedded Answer questions (or CLOZE questions) are a way of designing multiple choice, short answers and numerical answers that are inserted within a passage of text. They are useful when you want to have a single question have multiple sub-parts and when it makes better sense to have answer boxes or dropdowns within sentences.</p>
</div>
<p>The questions are written by including a specific syntax to code each type of question that gets translated by the system.</p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#advisory">Embedded Answers (Cloze Questions) Advisory</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#structure">Cloze question structure</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#examples">Cloze question examples</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#mcq">Multiple choice example</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#short-answer">Short answer example</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#subquestions">Multiple subquestions example</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#check">Check question syntax</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#additional">Additional information</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="advisory"></a>Embedded Answers (<span style="background-color: #ffff00;">Cloze Questions</span>) Advisory</strong></span>: <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>If your quiz ALREADY has attempts, editing questions can break quizzes. </strong><span style="color: #000000;">We recommend that no CLOZE questions are edited after a quiz has been opened. Questions should be dropped from the quiz by zeroing their score; or a duplicate of the quiz should be made and students moved to the second copy.</span></span></p>
<p>If you must edit Cloze questions, ensure that you <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>DO NOT</strong></span>:</p>
<ul>
<li>add or delete sub-questions within a question;</li>
<li>change the order of the questions in the text; or</li>
<li>change their question type (numerical, short-answer, multiple choice)</li>
</ul>
<p>We also recommend that you make any changes using the HTML text editor instead of the RTF editor in eClass to ensure that you do not accidentally inject new formats or behaviours into the Cloze question that you are modifying. Please contact eClass support if you have any questions about making edits to existing CLOZE questions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<p><strong><a id="structure"></a>Cloze question structure:</strong></p>
<p>The structure of a cloze question is as follows: </p>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze-1.png" width="525" height="80" alt="" /></p>
<ol>
<li dir="ltr">Start the cloze sub-question with a curly brace:  <strong>{</strong></li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">Define a grade (number of points if correct) for each cloze sub-question with a <strong>positive integer. (Note: setting the question score to zero will prevent the entire quiz attempt from being graded (all attempts will be scored zero.)</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">Define the type of cloze sub-question, and bound it with a colon on each side<strong>:</strong></p>
</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>For a <em>short answer</em> question where case is unimportant, use :<strong>SHORTANSWER:</strong> or :<strong>SA:</strong> or :<strong>MW:<br /><br /></strong></li>
<li dir="ltr">For a <em>short answer</em> question where case must match, use :<strong>SHORTANSWER_C:</strong> or :<strong>SAC:</strong> or :<strong>MWC:<br /><br /></strong>
<ul>
<li dir="ltr"><strong><span id="docs-internal-guid-16b1fcba-0451-c814-d0ae-26ca886f7ad5">Note:</span> </strong>The text input field for a short answer question will be the length of the longest option (correct or incorrect) plus a random number of characters (0 to 15% total length of the longest option). To make all short answer fields EXACTLY the same length, an option of 55 characters in length will need to be included in the question (nothing shorter is possible).<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>numerical </em>answer, use :<strong>NUMERICAL:</strong> or :<strong>NM:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li dir="ltr"><strong>Note: </strong>If the correct answer is 5 and you allow an accepted error 0.1, you should type {1:NM:=5:0.1}.<br /> </li>
</ul>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question, displayed as a dropdown menu in-line the text, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE:</strong> or :<strong>MC:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question, displayed as a vertical column of radio buttons, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_V:</strong> or :<strong>MCV:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question, displayed as a horizontal row of radio buttons, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_H:</strong> or :<strong>MCH:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question with shuffled choices, displayed as a dropdown menu in-line the text, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_S:</strong> or :<strong>MCS:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em> question with shuffled choices, displayed as a vertical column of radio buttons, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_VS:</strong> or :<strong>MCVS:</strong></p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">For a <em>multiple choice</em>  question with shuffled choices, displayed as a horizontal row of radio buttons, use :<strong>MULTICHOICE_HS:</strong> or :<strong>MCHS:</strong></p>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol start="4">
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">Use a <strong>~</strong> as a seperator between possible answer options</p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">A <strong>=</strong> should be placed immediately before the correct answer option</p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">A <strong>#</strong> can be used to mark the beginning of a feedback message (optional)</p>
</li>
<li dir="ltr">
<p dir="ltr">Close the cloze sub-question with a curly brace: <strong>}</strong></p>
</li>
</ol>
<div> </div>
<p><strong><a id="examples"></a>Cloze question examples:</strong></p>
<p><a id="mcq"></a>a) <strong>Multiple choice</strong> example. Below is an example of a <em>multiple-choice</em> type question. The syntax that would be entered in the question text field is:</p>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze2.png" alt="" width="808" height="371" /></div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"></div>
<div>"The Capital of France is" is the question that you would like to ask. This can be any basic textual information.</div>
<div>"{}" encloses the Cloze codes.</div>
<div>"1" indicates the value of the question.</div>
<div>":MC:" indicates that the question is a multiple-choice question. </div>
<div>"#wrong" anything after "#" becomes an optional message.</div>
<div>"~" separates the Multiple choice options.</div>
<div>"%50%" means that if the student selects "Ile de France", the student receives 50% of 1 mark.</div>
<div>"=" indicates that if you select "Paris" you will get a full mark for the question.</div>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div align="baseline">The screenshot below indicates the question that is created by Cloze.</div>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze1.png" alt="" width="508" height="265" /></div>
<div> </div>
<div></div>
<div><a id="short-answer"></a>b) <strong>Short answer</strong> example. The syntax that would be entered in the question text field is:</div>
<div> </div>
<div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze3.png" alt="" width="753" height="307" /></div>
 </div>
<div>
<div>"A group of lions is called a" is the question that you would like to ask.</div>
<div>"{}" encloses the Cloze codes.</div>
<div>"1" indicates the value of the question.</div>
<div>":SAC:" indicates that the question is a short answer question where the case of the answer must match.</div>
<div>"=" indicates that 'pride' is the only answer that will score a mark for the question.</div>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div align="baseline">The screenshot below indicates the question that is created by Cloze.</div>
<div align="baseline"> </div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze4.png" alt="" width="530" height="256" /></div>
<div></div>
<p></p>
<div><a id="subquestions"></a>c) <strong>Multiple subquestions</strong> example. Several questions can be added as subquestions:</div>
<div></div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images//cloze6.png" width="797" height="238" alt="" /></div>
<div></div>
<p></p>
<div>The subquestions in this example will appear as a short paragraph:</div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images//cloze7.png" width="757" height="230" alt="" /></div>
<div></div>
<div>The questions are coded the same as the multiple-choice and short-answer questions as above. Any questions type can be combined.</div>
<p></p>
<div><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="check"></a>Check question syntax:</strong></span></div>
<div></div>
<div>You can verify your answers and also see whether there are errors in a question's syntax by clicking <strong>Decode and verify the question text</strong> then expanding the dropdown immediately below the decode button:</div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/cloze5.png" width="500" height="348" alt="" /></div>
<div></div>
</div>
<div>
<div><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="additional"></a>Additional information:</strong></span></div>
<div></div>
<div>The following link gives more in-depth explanations and examples of how to use Cloze to create quiz questions.</div>
<div> </div>
<div><a href="https://docs.moodle.org/310/en/Embedded_Answers_(Cloze)_question_type" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://docs.moodle.org/310/en/Embedded_Answers_(Cloze)_question_type</a></div>
</div>
<div> </div>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Calculating Your Course Total]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/calculating-your-course-total]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[37a749d808e46495a8da1e5352d03cae]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 16:54:03 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div class="toc" style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">eClass has several options for calculating the course total for your students. These options are specified through your gradebook </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">aggregation method</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> and allow you to give items different weights in the overall course total. If your course requires extremely complex calculations, it is recommended that you contact IST eClass Support for assistance and/or export a copy of the gradebook to Excel and perform the necessary calculations there. Please note <span>that starting in </span><strong>December 2022</strong><span>, Bear Tracks will no longer accept Excel files when uploading grades. Instructors should export eClass grades using the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/45/15/exporting-grades-in-bear-tracks-format" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Bear Tracks format</a> or <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/372/36/exporting-grades-from-the-grader-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">as plain text .csv files</a>. </span><strong>Gradebooks exported as Excel files will not upload into Bear Tracks.<span> </span></strong><span>Instructors should also ensure to save files as .csv (as opposed to the native Excel formats (.xls or .xlsx) if they are using Excel on their local machine to store or adjust grades files.</span><br /><br /></span><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#select">To select an aggregation method</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#weighted">Weighted mean of grades (recommended)</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#simple">Simple Weighted Mean (recommended)</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#mean">Mean of grades</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#natural">Natural</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#other">Other less utilized methods of aggregation</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#extra">Mean of grades with extra credit</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#median">Median of grades</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#lowest">Lowest grade</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#highest">Highest grade</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#mode">Mode of grades</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="select"></a>To select an aggregation method:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the<em> Grade administration</em> page by clicking on <strong>Grades</strong> in the navigation panel, near the top left corner of the page.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="587" height="152" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Alternatively, to access the <em>Grade administration</em> page, you can also click on the <strong>gear</strong> icon on your course main page, then select <strong>Gradebook setup</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup.png" alt="" width="350" height="410" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you are on the <em>Grade administration</em> page, make sure you are in the<strong> Gradebook setup</strong> tab, under the <strong>Setup</strong> tab. Open the dropdown menu as shown in the screenshot below by clicking on <strong>Edit</strong>, then on <strong>Edit settings</strong><em>.</em><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebookSetup1.png" alt="" width="600" height="534" /><br /><strong>Note: </strong>The weight column will only appear if you have selected 'Weighted mean of grades' or 'Natural' as your aggregation method.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Choose the method for calculating the final grades in your course in the <em>Aggregation</em> dropdown menu.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-setup-weighted.png" alt="" width="600" height="515" /></li>
</ol>
<p>There are four main aggregation methods and each method calculates the course total slightly differently. eClass has other aggregation methods but most of them are not usually used for post-secondary course total calculations. They might be used for calculating totals for any sub-categories in your gradebook in cases where only certain grades require a specific calculation. For example, you could use the 'Highest grade' aggregation when you want students to receive a participation-type score for a series of pre-lecture assignments delivered throughout the term. See the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/151/0/setting-up-gradebook-categories">Setting up Gradebook Categories</a> for more information on this process.</p>
<p>Here is a full description of the four main/recommended aggregation methods in eClass:</p>
<p><strong><a id="weighted"></a>Weighted mean of grades (recommended)</strong> - Each graded item is assigned a weight. This weight is used to determine the relative value of each item in the overall course total. Weights can be assigned as fractions totalling 1 or integers totalling 100 (an item's calculated weight is the specified weight divided by the sum of all item's weights).</p>
<p>You could, for instance, grade all of your assignments, activities, and quizzes out of 100 each but assign each a weight towards the final grade.</p>
<p>Note: If a grade for an item were out of 100, be careful to assign a grade out of 100 and not out of the weight set for the item. If an item were graded out of 100 but weighted at 30% of the final grade, and if you marked it as if it were out of 30, the grade for that item would be worth only 3/10s of its intended value.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Example</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Grades: A1 = 70/100, weight 10; A2 = 20/80, weight 5; A3 = 10/10, weight 3; Course total max 100; sum of weights 18<br />Aggregation: (0.7*10 + 0.25*5 + 1.0*3)/18 = 0.625 * 100 = 62.5%. <br />Course Total will be displayed as: 62.50 (Range: 0-100)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To enter the weightings for particular items:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Once you have chosen <strong>Weighted mean of grades</strong> as the aggregation method, type the weightings beside each activity. Weightings can be applied to individual items or entire categories of items. Within a category, you are also able to determine how much each individual assignment is worth within each category (if you set the aggregation method on the category to Weighted mean of grades). Once complete, click on the <em>Save changes</em> button.</p>
<p><strong><a id="simple"></a>Simple Weighted Mean (recommended)</strong> - The difference between this aggregation method and 'Weighted mean of grades' is that the weight of each item is simply its maximum grade. A 100 point assignment has a weight of 100; a 10 point assignment has a weight of 10; items with higher total scores are weighted greater. This is the simplest method to set up, especially if you can match your syllabus breakdown for assessment items to their total in eClass, ie. Assignment 1 counts 20% out of final grade so is its maximum score in eClass is 20.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Example</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Grades: A1 = 70/100, A2 = 20/80, A3 = 10/10, category max 100; total points: 190<br />Aggregation: (0.7*100 + 0.25*80 + 1.0*10)/190 = 0.5263 * 100 = 52.63% <br />Course Total will be displayed as: 52.63 (Range: 0-100)<br /><br /></p>
<strong><strong><a id="mean"></a>Mean of grades</strong> - </strong>Each graded item is converted to a percentage. The overall grade is a simple average of these percentage values. Each item (regardless of points) has the same weight. The result will be displayed as a point value out of 100 points.<strong><br /></strong>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Example</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Grades: Assignment 1 = 70/100, Assignment 2 = 20/80, Assignment 3 = 10/10, category max 100<br />Aggregation: (0.7 + 0.25 + 1.0)/3 = 0.65 * 100 = 65%. <br />Course Total will be displayed as: 65 (Range: 0-100)<br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><a id="natural"></a>Natural </strong>(Sum of grades) - Grade is based on total points – each graded item has a number of points that contributes to the total points. A student’s grade is the number of points earned divided by the total points. This is the only type that does not convert the grades to percentages internally (normalization). The course total is the sum of the maximum grades from all aggregated items.</p>
<p>When using the Natural aggregation method, it's important to note that:</p>
<ul>
<li>The faculty grade book shows point totals, not percent. The student report shows point totals and percent.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Example</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Grades: A1 = 70/100, A2 = 20/80, A3 = 10/10: total possible points: 190, then<br />Aggregation: 70 + 20 + 10 = 100 <br />Course Total will be displayed as: 100 (Range: 0-190)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To enter the weightings for particular items:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">Once you have chosen <strong>Natural</strong> as the aggregation method, the relative weighting of each grade item will be displayed in the <em>Weights</em> column. These weights can be manually adjusted by checking the box next to a grade's weight and entering a new value. After selecting <strong>Save changes</strong>, the other grade items' weights will automatically re-adjust themselves to total 100.<br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="other"></a>Other less utilized methods of aggregation:</strong></span></p>
<p><strong><a id="extra"></a>Mean of grades with extra credit</strong> - Normal aggregation using the mean method is used but with the addition of a multiplier that can provide bonus points for particular items. Extra credit can also be added on individual grade items within categories in the standard aggregation methods.</p>
<p><strong><a id="median"></a>Median of grades</strong> - The overall grade is the middle grade (or the mean of the 2 middle grades) when the grades are normalized and arranged in numeric order.</p>
<p><strong><a id="lowest"></a>Lowest grade</strong> - The overall grade is the lowest grade, after normalization.</p>
<p><strong><a id="highest"></a>Highest grade</strong> - The overall grade is the highest grade, after normalization.</p>
<p><strong><a id="mode"></a>Mode of grades</strong> - The overall grade is the grade that occurs the most frequently, after normalization.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Importing Grades into the Grader Report]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/importing-grades-into-the-grader-report]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c16a5320fa475530d9583c34fd356ef5]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Nov 2011 20:53:00 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>If your students have completed an offline activity (such as a midterm or final examination) and their grades have been published or recorded in a spreadsheet, it is possible to import these grades into eClass to publish them to students.</p>
</div>
<p>Once uploaded, <strong>students will only be able to view their own grades</strong> and you have full control over the format of the displayed grade. You also have the option to include textual feedback along with any numeric values you are uploading. <span style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</span> If you wish to import <strong>only</strong> textual information into your grader report, check this article instead: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/39/0/importing-text-columns-to-the-gradebook" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Importing Text Columns to the Gradebook</a>.</p>
<p>A common time to import grades from a spreadsheet is when your exam has been optically scored by IST TSQS and they have provided you with a file containing the test results.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To import grades:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>First, ensure that your spreadsheet has been saved in a comma-separated variable format (file extension .csv also called comma-delimited format).<br /><br /></li>
<li>Go to the<em> Grade administration</em> page by clicking on <strong>Grades</strong><span> tab at the top of your course page:</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="587" height="152" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>From the <strong>Grader report</strong> dropdown select <strong>Import</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/importing_grades_1a.png" alt="" width="350" height="410" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you are on the <em>Grade administration</em> page, make sure you are in the<strong> CSV file</strong> tab, under the <strong>Import </strong>tab.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/importing_grades_1.png" alt="" width="550" height="586" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>On the 'Import File' page, drag-and-drop or choose the file you would like to upload in the 'Import File' area, leave all options as is, and click <strong>Upload grades</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>On the 'Import preview' screen, scroll down to the 'Identify user by' section. When importing student grade data, you can choose to identify students by either their (a) CCID, (b) 7-digit student ID number, or (c) anonymous ID (<strong>New in March 2018</strong>).<br />
<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;">
<li>To import student grades using CCIDs as the value for 'Map From', you will need to choose the title of whichever column that contains your students CCIDs in the file you are uploading. <strong>In the example depicted below (and in the standard TSQS optically scanned exam spreadsheet), this column is titled 'CCID'.</strong> Then, in the 'Map to' field, select <strong>CCID</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import-identifyusers-CCID.PNG" alt="" width="600" height="466" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>To import student grades using 7-digit student ID numbers as the value for 'Map from', you will need to choose the title of the column that refers to your student's ID numbers in the file you are uploading. Then, in the 'Map to' field, select <strong>Student ID</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import-identifyusers-idnumber.PNG" alt="" width="600" height="519" /><br /><br />Note that by default student's 7-digit ID numbers do not appear as a column in the gradebook (even though you are still able to match incoming grades on that value). You can optionally choose to include them in your course's gradebook using the instructions in this article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/22/0/viewing-student-ids-in-the-grader-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Viewing Student IDs in the Grader Report</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>To import grades based on student's Anonymous IDs (<strong>new March 2018)</strong>, the spreadsheet file will be most likely be coming from a 3rd party homework website and students should only be identified by the anonymous ID. The 'Map from' value will be the column header for the Anonymous ID and the 'Map to' will be <strong>Anonymous ID</strong>: <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import-identifyusers-anonID.png" alt="" width="600" height="436" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>After you have identified your users' data, you will need to map the grades data to an existing column or create a new one. In the 'Grade item mappings' area, match the items to the left (fields from your imported file) to specific columns in your gradebook by choosing the appropriate values from each drop-down menu. You should ignore any fields that are student identifiers (first name, surname, etc.). If you wish, you can also upload additional fields as comments for the students by selecting an import column and matching it to the item 'comments for xx' for the particular column, 'xx'. <br /> <br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/importing_grades_grademapping.PNG" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br />When ready, click the <strong>Upload grades</strong> button.<br /><br /></li>
<li>After clicking the Upload grades button, you should receive a message: 'Grade import success'. This tells you that the grades have been successfully loaded into the grader report. Click <strong>Continue</strong> to return to the Grade report and view the grades.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Importing grades into the column independently of comments will overwrite any existing comments in the grade column with empty values. Comments can be imported after adding grades without issue.</li>
<li>You can only map one column into the comments field associated with a given grade item. If necessary, you can combine columns in your csv spreadsheet and then upload them into a single column using the instructions in this article: <a title="Link to combining columns article" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/33/0/combining-multiple-comments-into-a-single-grade-item" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Combining Multiple Comments into a Single Grade Item</a>.</li>
<li>If you are running into issues with the import, please consult the article on diagnosing common grade import problems: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/101/0/troubleshooting-grade-import-issues" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eClass: Troubleshooting Grade Import Issues</a>.</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Controlling Release of Grades to Students using the Assignment ac...]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/controlling-release-of-grades-to-students-using-the-assignment-activity]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[b1a59b315fc9a3002ce38bbe070ec3f5]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 27 Nov 2015 15:04:12 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">When grading assignments in eClass, there are a number of mechanisms for releasing the grades to students. By default, as soon as any grades or feedback are entered by instructors or TAs, these are made available to students. </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Note:</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> this occurs regardless of the checkbox to 'Notify students' which only controls the accompanying email messages.</span></p>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#controlling">Controlling the release of grades</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#enable">Enable marking workflow</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#status">Marking status</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#bulk">Bulk or mass release of grades</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#hide">Hide identity of graders</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#anonymous">Anonymous (Blind) Grading</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="controlling"></a>Controlling the release of grades</strong></span></p>
<p>To control when students see the grades for their assignments there are three main options:</p>
<p>1. Hide the entire assignment during grading - this is accomplished by clicking <strong>Edit &gt; Hide</strong> to the right of the assignment on the course main page.<strong> Using this method will prevent students from seeing the assignment entirely so it should not be used if late submissions are required.</strong></p>
<p>2. Hiding the assignment from the gradebook - this is accomplished by entering the gradebook <em>Grader report </em>view and clicking <strong>Tu</strong><strong>rn editing on</strong> near the top right, then clicking the eyeball icon in the column of the assignment in question. <strong>Using this method will allow still allow students to submit late but hides any grading information; the entire column is removed from the student's view of the gradebook. </strong></p>
<p>3. Enabling the Marking Workflow in the assignment settings offers the most flexibility for graders. It allows you and other graders in a course to set a status on assignments as grading work is completed. This can be useful when multiple people are working in the same course and assessment needs to be standardized, reviewed, and/or there is a need to coordinate the release of grades to students.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="enable"></a>Enable marking workflow</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>The workflow is added under the 'Grade' area in assignment settings by setting <strong>Enable marking workflow</strong> to <strong>Yes</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-7.png" alt="" width="600" height="433" /></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="status"></a>Marking status</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Once enabled, the available grading statuses are 'Not marked', 'In marking', 'Marking completed', 'In review', 'Ready for release', and 'Released'. <strong>When the workflow is enabled, grades and feedback are hidden from students until the grading status on their assignment is set to 'Released'.</strong> All the other statuses are only for the information of graders. These statuses do appear on each student's 'Assignment submission' page (where it is visible as a separate status from the regular assignment submission status).<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-10.png" alt="" width="686" height="400" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The grading status can be set or changed by graders in a few ways:<br />
<ul style="list-style-type: circle;">
<li>In the 'Marking workflow state' dropdown in the grading area for individual assignments when adding grades and feedback to individual assignments (accessed from the 'View/grade all assignments' area of the assignment by clicking the pencil icon in the grade column or Edit &gt; Grade in the Edit column):<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-8.png" alt="" width="600" height="331" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In the assignment grading table ('View/grade all assignments') in the 'Status' column as a dropdown box below the submission status:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-9.png" alt="" width="844" height="412" /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="bulk"></a>Bulk or mass release of grades</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>The last method, and cleanest way to do a mass release of grades, is via a bulk operation on the assignment grading table (available through <strong>View/grade all submissions</strong>):
<ul style="list-style-type: circle;">
<li>Select all or some of the rows in the table.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-11.png" alt="" width="503" height="626" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Scroll to the bottom and change the 'With selected...' dropdown to <strong>Set marking workflow state</strong> then click <strong>Go</strong> and <strong>Yes</strong> when asked to verify that you want to <strong>Set marking workflow state for all selected assignments?</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-12.png" alt="" width="727" height="332" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The page will now list the students selected (or the first few along with the line 'X more...') - select the desired 'Marking workflow state' from the dropdown and click <strong>Save</strong> <strong>changes</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-13.png" alt="" width="706" height="267" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You can also optionally choose to send a mass notification to students at this time that their assignments are graded by toggling 'Notify students' to <strong>Yes</strong> before saving changes.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-14.png" alt="" width="726" height="305" /><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="hide"></a>Hide identity of graders</strong></span></p>
<p>Instructors may hide the identity of graders from students. This would normally be used when courses want all student feedback about assignment scores to come from a single source that has already been announced.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-6b.png" alt="" width="733" height="190" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="anonymous"></a>Anonymous (Blind) Grading</strong></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">If the marking workflow is being used in conjunction with <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/167/15/blind-marking">Anonymous Grading</a> (blind marking), <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/167/15/blind-marking#reveal" target="_blank" rel="noopener">student identities must be revealed</a> before any grades will be visible to students.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Letter Grade Boundaries]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-letter-grade-boundaries]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a5771bce93e200c36f7cd9dfd0e5deaa]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 21 Dec 2011 17:20:43 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">If you choose to set or display letter grades in eClass, it is important to review the default grade boundaries to ensure that the system assigns the appropriate letter grade for each range of marks that you assign. Letter grades are also </span><strong style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">the required output format</strong><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"> for grade exports to Bear Tracks and you are required to review the letter grade boundaries before completing that task.</span></p>
</div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To view the existing boundaries:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Grader report</strong> by clicking on the <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of your course page:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="587" height="152" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Grader report</strong> dropdown and select <strong>Grade letters</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup-letters.png" alt="" width="486" height="552" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Selecting <strong>Grade letters</strong> will open the 'Grade letters' interface showing the current numerical percentage range for each letter grade.<br /><br /><strong>Please note that these are the default letter grade boundaries provided by the University Registrar and may not be appropriate for specific Faculties or Departments.</strong> <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/letter_grades.png" alt="" width="486" height="683" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p>If required, you can adjust the boundaries of the range to give the proper letters for your percentages or to give the correct distribution of letters for your course:</p>
<ol>
<li>On the 'Grade letters' screen, click on the <b>Edit</b> button to change the range for each letter.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Put a checkmark by 'Override site defaults' to enable editing and then change the letter titles and range values as required.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/edit_letters.png" alt="" width="616" height="714" /></li>
</ol>
<p>Once your letter grade boundaries are set, they can be used to display letter grades for the marks you provide to students either on individual grade items or for the entire course total.</p>
<p>Please consult the article - <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/37/0/formatting-student-grade-display" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Formatting Student Grade Display</a> for instructions on the options for displaying letters to students.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note: this is not the same as assigning letter grades for specific learning activities</span>. You can assign letters, but you should consult the following article which explains the mechanics: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/48/0/using-the-improved-letter-grade-scale" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Improved Letter Grade Scale</a>.</p>
<p>If you are more comfortable with maintaining a separate spreadsheet in <strong>Excel</strong> or elsewhere that calculates student letter grades for you, and if you only wish to upload a column into the eClass gradebook to display it to students, please consult the article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/39/0/importing-text-columns-to-the-gradebook" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Importing Text Columns into the Gradebook</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Grading Student Assignments]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/grading-student-assignments]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[1c383cd30b7c298ab50293adfecb7b18]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Sat, 17 Dec 2011 01:07:54 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>In eClass, there are two ways in which an Instructor or TA can assign grades and feedback to a student’s assignment submission:</p>
<ul>
<li>through the Assignment itself via the 'View all submissions' table or online 'Grade' area or</li>
<li>through the gradebook 'Grader report' view.</li>
</ul>
<p>The first option, <strong>Grading in the assignment activity itself is the recommended option. </strong>Editing in 'Grader report' has the same effect as <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/102/6/overridden-orange-gradebook-cells">Overriding Grades</a>.</p>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#activity">Using the Assignment activity grading page</a></li>
<li>   - <a href="#grading-table">Assignment Grading table</a></li>
<li>   - <a href="#viewoptions">Assignment grading page view</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#gradebook">Using the Gradebook to grade student assignments</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="activity"></a>Using the Assignment activity grading page<br /></span></strong></p>
<p>Grading in the Assignment provides instructors with the greatest flexibility in providing students with feedback, and it is the only method for uploading response files to individual students -- a valuable feature for those who wish to upload offline grading rubrics for students' performance breakdown.</p>
<p>To grade items within an assignment, click on the name of the assignment on the course page to launch the <strong>Grading summary</strong> view:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assignment_grading_1.png" alt="" width="639" height="184" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>This view shows the overall status of student submissions. The buttons can display the entire grading table or the single-student grading interface:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assignment_grading_1a.png" alt="" width="497" height="327" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="grading-table"></a>Using the Assignment Grading Table</strong></span></p>
<p>The 'Assignment grading table', accessed when you click 'View all submissions' shows all details of student assignments: identifiers, submission time, last edit, submission files or text, previously entered grades, feedback files, and feedback comments.<br /><br />To grade directly in this table, instructors must put a checkmark to turn on <strong>Quick grading</strong> under 'Options' to activate text entry boxes for grades and comments and buttons to launch the individual grading interface:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assignment_grading_1e.png" alt="" width="695" height="621" /></p>
<p>The grading table page also allows for several bulk grading actions and other features discussed further in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/189/15/advanced-use-of-eclass-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Advanced Use of eClass Assignments</a>. Any filters or sorting applied to the 'View all submissions' table will be reflected in the annotated grading view (below) and vice-versa. If you are missing students in either view, confirm that no filters are preventing the visibility.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assignment_grading_1b.png" alt="" width="1013" height="776" /></p>
<p><br />Note that any columns can be minimize to conserve space using the + and minus icons in the header row - selections made there will remain saved as a user preference for this table.<br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="viewoptions"></a>Using the Grading page view</strong></span></p>
<p>Clicking on the <strong>Grade</strong> button, either from the Grading Summary view or from a particular student's row in the assignment grading table will launch a single-user grading interface. This view allows instructors to enter scores and feedback but also to annotate directly over top of student submissions. The page maximizes screen real estate for these grading functions by removing the top navigation and sidebars and offering the option to switch between 3 different grading views using the buttons at the bottom right of the window:<br /><br /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assignment_grading_panels.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>1. The default grading view (middle button) has the greatest functionality for working with file submission assignments. The default converts most text file formats (.docx, .doc, .txt, .odt, .rtf) and also online text submissions to PDF format, displays them in the centre panel allowing them to be marked up with comments, and has compact grade and feedback boxes on the right side. The available PDF annotation tools are described in detail in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/272/15/grading-pdf-assignment-submissions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading PDF Assignments</a>. </p>
<p>The default grading view has many standard features for grading individual students:</p>
<ul>
<li>viewing the assignment status, and submission time</li>
<li>links to uploaded files</li>
<li>entry areas for the grade, comments, and for uploading response files.</li>
<li>links at the top left that link back to the course main page, the assignment summary page, the assignment settings, and a link to <strong>View all submissions</strong>.</li>
<li>top right buttons to go to the previous or next student</li>
<li>the bottom right buttons switch between the 3 grader interface panels.</li>
<li>paging back and forth in documents returns you to the top of the desired page to avoid needing to scroll up frequently.</li>
<li>rotate student submissions that have been uploaded in the wrong orientation.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assignment_grading_1c.png" alt="" width="1446" height="775" /><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p>2. The left view button at the bottom right of the grading interface has the same navigation links at the top of the page but displays only options to enter a grade and feedback comments:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assignment_grading_1f.png" alt="" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>3. The third panel (left button) displays <strong>only</strong> the file submission for markup with the annotation tools (shown above in the default grading view.) This view would be best used for extensive PDF annotations where grades and additional comments are not required. This view also maximizes the space available to the PDF annotation tools. If the toolbar is missing icons they may have been forced onto a new line - switching to this view and/or collapsing the left nav column will widen the display and reveal the missing icons by making more space.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Note</strong></span>: Only one grader should be grading an assignment using the annotation tools an assignment at a time - multiple users grading the same assignment may result in data loss.</p>
<br />
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="gradebook"></a>Using the Gradebook to grade student assignments</span></strong></p>
<p>Grades for assignments can also be completed directly in the course gradebook. Note that editing in 'Grader report' has the same effect as <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/102/6/overridden-orange-gradebook-cells">Overriding Grades</a>.</p>
<p>Grading assignment submissions in the <strong>Grader report</strong> offers instructors limited functionality but does allow for providing student feedback comments. Instructors do not have the option to upload a response file as part of their feedback to a student when grading is done directly via the<strong> Grader report</strong>.</p>
<p align="baseline">To access the <strong>Grader report</strong>:</p>
<p>1. Click on the <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of your course page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grading-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="587" height="152" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. Click on to activate <strong>Edit mode</strong> in the top right of your course page and enter the grades directly in the <strong>Grader report</strong>. Make sure to click <strong>Save changes</strong> to save your grades once you have entered them.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When grades have been entered directly through the gradebook, any previously entered grades and feedback entered through the assignment itself become unavailable. These are saved but no longer visible to students.</p>
<p>To enter individual feedback comments, click on the gear setting icon:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assignment_grading_4.png" alt="" width="485" height="266" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>For information on other settings in the <strong>Grader report</strong> grade settings page, see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/102/6/overridden-orange-gradebook-cells">Overriding Grades</a>.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Up Accommodations for Fully Remote Exams]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-accommodations-for-fully-remote-exams]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[821fa74b50ba3f7cba1e6c53e8fa6845]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 02 Oct 2020 13:00:50 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>This article outlines how instructors can set up exam accommodations for students who are taking fully remote exams. Instructors should also ensure they are familiar with the <strong><a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/current-students/accessibility-resources/exam/updated-accommodations-instructors.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">accommodation guidelines provided by the Academic Success Centre</a></strong>. In addition,<span> instructors working with student accommodations, should also remember to </span><b>create their class test definitions in <a href="https://clock.uss.ualberta.ca/ClockWork/user/instructor/login.aspx">ClockWork's Instructor Services Portal</a> 5 days before your scheduled exam and no later than the middle of March for end-of-term exams</b><span>.</span></p>
<p>This guide covers the different setups for accommodations across a range of <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/425/1/delivering-remote-exams" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>different delivery methods available for delivering remote exams</strong></a>. Instructors may also need to consult <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/465/1/creating-custom-versions-of-exams-for-audio-accommodations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Creating Custom Versions of Exams for Audio Accommodations</a> if that is required. <br /><br /></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#student-info">Individual Access Restrictions</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#overrides">Setting Overrides</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#different-sem-lengths">Setting Different SEM Durations</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#examlock-override">Setting Overrides in ExamLock</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#multiple-examlocks">Setting Up Multiple ExamLock Sessions</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br /><a id="student-info"></a>Sharing Activities or Resources with Specific Students or Groups</strong></span></p>
<p>When a student requires access to a different format of an exam, for example, an audio file version, these can be shared with students through eClass. The <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/175/13/embedding-videos-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>general guidelines for uploading media files</strong></a> apply but instructors should note that audio files <strong>will not embed and playback</strong> <strong>if the option to prevent users from downloading is applied</strong>. If this is a requirement, it is possible to request the Alternate Formats (AF) team to produce .mp4 exports with only audio that do function when that setting is checked.</p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong></strong><span style="color: #000000;">To <strong>Add restriction</strong>, go to the activity of your choice and click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab at the top of that page. Then scroll down to <strong>Restrict Access</strong>.<br /></span><strong><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/exam-accoms-00.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></strong><span style="color: #000000;">Files, resources, or activities on eClass can have access restrictions applied to limit their use to specific time ranges and to specific users. </span><strong>It is important to note when restricting access to toggle the eyeball closed on any restriction that could reveal private information to the course at large:<br /><br /></strong></span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/exam-accoms-1.png" alt="" width="725" height="253" /></p>
<p>When more than a few students require access to a resource or activity, it can save time to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">add all the students into a group</a> through the course participants list and use that group as a criterion for restricting access.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="overrides"></a>Adding Time or Attempt Overrides for Quizzes or Assignments</strong></span></p>
<p>eClass quizzes (and assignments) have a built-in mechanism to change the delivery mechanism for particular users. The article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/114/15/modifying-quiz-settings-for-select-users-overrides" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>Modifying Quiz Settings for Select Users</strong></a><strong> </strong>has more details but it is a straightforward process to provide a different exam duration or open/close time for specific users (or groups.)</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/exam-accoms-2.png" alt="" width="725" height="400" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="different-sem-lengths"></a>Setting Up SEM Monitoring for Different Periods</strong></span></p>
<p>When using <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/446/1/smart-exam-monitor---for-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Smart Exam Monitor</a> to have students provide a record of their academic honesty during remote exams, instructors can set up alternate exam durations in a couple of ways.</p>
<p>The easiest is to use the same SEM session for everyone and simply extend the monitoring duration to a time that encompasses the longest required time multiplier. The control of an individual's quiz duration is then handled by their quiz attempts directly in eClass or in ExamLock (see below).</p>
<p>If required (for example if all the students need to <strong>FINISH </strong>their exam attempts at the same time), it is possible to set up multiple SEM tools in a course and restrict access to them (see above for restricting access).</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/elx3-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="481" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>A last point about monitoring is that in case a student encounters technical challenges or need additional time during a session, they are always afforded an alert that their monitoring session is going to close when the duration is going to expire and have an option to extend their monitoring session to provide a complete record of their exam.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="examlock-override"></a>Setting Up Individual Student Time Overrides when Using ExamLock</strong></span> </p>
<p>When delivering exams through <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/375/1/using-examlock-to-promote-integrity-in-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ExamLock</a>, it is possible to add additional time to each student requiring it by pre-populating the list of students and entering different exam durations. This is equally possible after the exam has already started as ExamLock checks for time extensions every 3 minutes and alerts the student if any have been added. This would be the method to use if a student encounters technical issues requiring additional exam time. </p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the ExamLock activity in eClass and then find the required exam based on its session code and click on the "Monitor" button (far right side of screen). </li>
<li>Click on 'Import Users' icon near the top-right of the screen to 'Import Users from eClass'. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/el-import-users-v2.png" alt="Highlighting the Import Users button at the top of an ExamLock session activity" width="501" height="141" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You will now see a list of students and can search for a particular student's name (tip: make sure that "Rows per page" at the bottom-right of the webpage is set to "All" and then search quickly with <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>ctrl/cmd+f</strong></span> and start entering the students name in the box that appears in the top right of the screen). <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eltimeadd-v2.png" alt="Going through the list of students and clicking on the clock icon to add more time." width="1121" height="195" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you find the student, click on the clock image to the right to add additional time. In the pop-up window, enter the amount of additional time in minutes that this student will get for this attempt. For example: a student with a 1.5x time accommodation on a 60-minute exam would get an additional 30 minutes. In the box you would put 30 and click "Save".<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eltimeadd2-v2.png" alt="Adding thirty minutes of extra time on an Exam Lock attempt and clicking Save." width="493" height="223" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>If the clock icon now displays +## the time has successfully been added. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eltimeadd3-v2.png" alt="The clock icon for the student now says plus thirty, signifying thirty minutes added to the student's time." width="1190" height="187" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="multiple-examlocks"></a>Setting Up Multiple ExamLock Sessions</strong></span></p>
<p>If numerous accommodations are required for the same quiz, it is also possible to create multiple ExamLock sessions: one exam for the intended duration, another for 1.5x the intended duration, and another for 2.0x the intended duration (assuming all 3 are required). <br />In ExamLock you can create as many sessions from a compatible eClass quiz as you need and each would have their own 5-letter session code that could be shared with the different students. <br /><br /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/elx3-v2.png" alt="Showing multiple sessions for an Exam Lock exam as well as the plus button to add a new session." width="1336" height="371" /> <br /><br /></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Modifying Quiz or Assignment Settings for Select Users (Overrides...]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/modifying-quiz-or-assignment-settings-for-select-users-overrides-and-time-accommodations]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5fd0b37cd7dbbb00f97ba6ce92bf5add]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 27 Mar 2014 10:50:34 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>For students who require special conditions for taking a quiz or submitting an assignment, instructors can create a user or group override that changes the settings only for those particular users.</p>
<p>Overrides can be useful in cases where students need a bit longer to complete a quiz if, for example, a student has a computer crash while completing a quiz and needs an extension to the quiz time limit to complete it fairly; or they require additional time to complete an assignment due to an illness. Overrides are also helpful for instructors who need to apply <strong>time accommodations</strong> for accessibility purposes during exams.</p>
<p>Group overrides can be useful if you have a multi-section course with different submission dates or times for each different cohort.</p>
<p>Note that for group overrides: You must already have groups created in the course to use the group override functionality.</p>
<p>Adding a user or group override allows you to keep the same quiz or assignment and add as many different overrides as required for particular students. All other students complete the quiz or assignment with the original quiz settings.</p>
<p><strong>Note that if your entire class is affected, change the Timing or Availability by extending BOTH the duration and closing time or due date in the tool settings.</strong></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#create-overrides">Create a user or group override for a quiz</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#closed-attempt">Handling quiz attempts that are submitted prematurely</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#assignment-override">Create a user or group override for assignments</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#editing">Editing overrides</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#additional-notes">Additional notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br /><a id="create-overrides"></a>Create a user or group override for a quiz:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter your course and click on the quiz or assignment you would like to create an override for. Any existing overrides are alreay displayed on the quiz main page.</li>
<li>Then click on the <strong>More</strong> tab, then on <strong>Overrides</strong>. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz_overrides_1.png" alt="" width="700" height="304" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select the override type you need, then click on <strong>Add user override </strong>or<strong> Add group override</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz_overrides_3.png" alt="" width="617" height="253" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select a user or group in your course:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz_overrides_2.png" alt="" width="746" height="500" /></li>
<li>Make changes to the quiz delivery settings as required.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>Important Note:</strong> when changing the quiz settings for a time accommodation override, instructors <strong>must</strong><span style="color: #000000;"><strong> ensure they match the timing setup settings for the main quiz</strong></span>.</li>
<li>This means that if your main quiz timing has <strong>BOTH</strong> start/close times <strong>AND</strong> a time limit applied, any override that you add for a student must adjust <strong>both</strong> of those for each student.</li>
<li>For example, if your quiz opens at 1:00 pm, closes at 2:00 pm, <strong>AND</strong> has a time limit of 60 minutes, <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>if you give a student an override that only gives them a 90 minute time limit, the student's attempt will close at the original close time, regardless of the extended time limit. You must also extend the close time. </strong></span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="closed-attempt"></a>Handling quiz attempts that are submitted prematurely:</strong></span></p>
<p>Changing the closing time and time limit settings will not re-open attempts that have already been submitted, either by the student or automatically because the closing time was reached. This also applies for exam attempts submitted by <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/386/45/creating-examlock-sessions-for-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ExamLock</a>. In these cases, adding an override (as shown above) and changing the 'Attempts allowed' to 2 would start a brand new attempt (which may be a desired option).</p>
<p>But if a student requires more time to continue and complete <strong>their existing attempt</strong> 'Attempts allowed' must be set to 2 <strong>AND</strong> the setting in the quiz settings 'Each attempt builds on the last' must be set to <strong>Yes</strong>.</p>
<p>Changing this setting for the entire quiz will have no affect on other students because it will only take effect for the students given the second attempt through the override.</p>
<p>Click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab in the quiz and scroll down to the 'Question behaviour' section.</p>
<p>Click 'Show more' to access the setting <strong>Each attempt builds on the last</strong>, and set it to <strong>Yes</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz_overrides_2a.png" alt="" width="760" height="324" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="assignment-override"></a>Create a user or group override for assignments:</strong></span></p>
<p>Adding overrides to <strong>Assignments</strong> is the same except for the different settings options available:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assignment-overrides.png" alt="" width="733" height="718" /> <br /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="editing"></a>Editing overrides:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>When you re-enter the 'Overrides' interface, any existing overrides will be listed on the Quiz page and on the overrides page.</li>
<li>You can adjust the quiz or assignment delivery details for an override by clicking the gear icon to the right of the override.</li>
<li>You can remove an override completely by clicking the trash icon to the right of the override.</li>
<li>The "copy" icon can be used to copy an override to another user.</li>
<li>If an error message similar to the following displays after inputting an override, it is likely indicating that a quiz availability setting has superseded the override rule(s), <em>i.e.</em>, the quiz is hidden at the course level. This is a warning only and will not impact the override once the superseding condition is removed.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="additional-notes"></a>Other notes:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>The interface for entering <strong>Group overrides</strong> is the same as for User overrides: any changes specified to all members of that particular group (<a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/13/setting-up-groupings">Groupings</a> are <strong>NOT</strong> required to limit changes to a particular group).</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz_overrides_4.png" alt="red bar for overrides when quiz is hidden" width="1194" height="38" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Quizzes - Managing Submitted Quiz Attempts]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/quizzes---managing-submitted-quiz-attempts]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[73278a4a86960eeb576a8fd4c9ec6997]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 27 Mar 2014 10:45:58 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>Although most question types will be graded automatically, some work may need to be done to <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/112/0/quizzes---grading-quizzes">grade essay questions</a></strong> or repair issue with questions and quiz attempts.<br /><br /></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#repair">Repairing ambiguous or unfair questions</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#cloze">Special note for embedded (Cloze) answers</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#regrade">To re-grade quiz attempts</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#delete">To delete quiz attempts</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#force-submit">To force submit quiz attempts</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#note">Note</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"><br /><a id="repair"></a>Repairing ambiguous or unfair questions:</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">After your students have completed a quiz, if you find that it contained an unfair question (e.g., the answer was coded wrong, the question was too ambiguous, etc.) you can either:</span></p>
</div>
<ul>
<li>Go to the <strong>Questions</strong> page by clicking on the quiz link on your course page then by clicking on the <strong>Questions</strong> tab:</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/qquiz-edit-question.png" alt="" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<p>As below, change the points for the question to ‘0’ in the <strong>Questions</strong> screen so that the question doesn’t count towards the final quiz grade. eClass will automatically recalculate the grade.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Otherwise, as below, edit the question using the edit icon on the <strong>Questions</strong> screen, and change what you will accept as a correct answer.</p>
</li>
<li><strong>Note: You cannot remove or add questions to a quiz once even one student has attempted it</strong>. <strong>You should also not completely remove question answers after quizzes have been attempted as this will cause inconsistent or incorrect quiz scoring.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-regrade-1.png" alt="" width="687" height="353" /></p>
<p>In both cases, all quiz attempts must be re-graded (see below) to update student quiz scores to reflect any changes you have made to question values or correct answers.</p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="cloze"></a>Embedded Answers (Cloze Questions) Advisory</strong></span>:</span> Before editing and re-grading Cloze questions, ensure that you <span style="text-decoration: underline;">do not</span>:</p>
<ul>
<li>add or delete sub-questions</li>
<li>change the questions order in the text</li>
<li>change their question type (numerical, short answer, multiple choice)</li>
</ul>
<p>Changes to CLOZE questions that have existing student attempts can break questions within existing attempts and for future quizzes. <strong>The recommended process for repairing CLOZE question scores is to zero the question score. </strong>If you are attempting to edit questions, we recommend that you make changes using the HTML text editor instead of the RTF editor in eClass to ensure that you do not accidentally inject new formats or behaviours into the Cloze question you are modifying.</p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="regrade"></a>To re-grade quiz attempts:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the quiz link on your course page, then click on the <strong>Attempts: </strong># link.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-attempts.png" alt="" width="541" height="371" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on <strong>Regrade all </strong>located above the listing of quiz attempts. To ensure your question edits or re-scoring produce the intended results, we recommend running <strong>Dry run a full regrade</strong> to preview your changes.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-attempts-1.png" alt="" width="772" height="416" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="delete"></a>To delete quiz attempts:</strong></span></p>
<p>In some cases, you may want to entirely remove quiz attempts (for example in cases of incomplete attempts owing to computer failure, illness, or if you have had colleagues or your <strong>Demo student</strong> submit attempts in testing). To delete quiz attempts:</p>
<ol>
<li>Access the quiz and click on the <strong>Attempts: </strong># link<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-attempts.png" alt="" width="541" height="371" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Place a checkmark in the left side of the row of any attempt you wish to delete.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click the button at the bottom, <strong>Delete selected attempts.</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-reset-attempt.png" alt="" width="729" height="256" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><a name="force-submit"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>To force submit quiz attempts:</strong></span></p>
<p>In some rare cases, student quiz attempts may get stuck in an 'In progress' or 'Never submitted' state. If an attempt such as this has saved answers for the student that you want to save and grade, you can force submit the attempt:</p>
<ol>
<li>Access the quiz and click on the link <strong>Attempts: #</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-attempts.png" alt="" width="541" height="371" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Place a checkmark in the box at the left side of the row of any attempt you wish to force submit.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click the button at the bottom <strong>Force submit selected attempt(s)</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-force-submit-attempt.png" alt="" width="729" height="256" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a id="note"></a>Note:</strong> There is no option in eClass to <strong>re-open an existing attempt</strong> (e.g., if there were technical issues and the attempt was automatically submitted by the quiz time limit).</p>
<p>If an attempt has been submitted, and if you require a student to continue working on the same attempt, it is possible to add an override for the particular student and then change the quiz behaviour so that they can build on their last attempt.</p>
<p>See the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/114/15/modifying-quiz-settings-for-select-users-overrides" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding User Overrides to Quizzes</a> for more information.</p>
<!--<p><strong>To force submit quiz attempts:</strong></p>
<p>In some rare cases, students can complete a quiz but it will remain in an unsubmitted state. Their answers will be correctly saved but their attempt will not get graded and they will receive no score. In those situations you can force submit their particular attempt. To do this:</p>
<p>1) Access the quiz and click on the link<em> Attempts: #</em>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-attempts.png" alt="" width="541" height="371" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">&nbsp;</p>
<p>2) Place a check mark in the left side of the row of any attempt you wish to force submit.</p>
<p>3) Click the button at bottom centre <strong>Force submit&nbsp;selected attempt(s).</strong></p>-->]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Managing Secure Exam Sessions Using ExamLock]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/managing-secure-exam-sessions-using-examlock]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8bf1211fd4b7b94528899de0a43b9fb3]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Jan 2019 14:27:53 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This article outlines how instructors can use ExamLock Manager to manage existing secure exam sessions and review student activity during quizzes. Instructors should follow the instructions for <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/375/14/using-examlock-with-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using ExamLock to Promote Quiz Integrity in eClass</a> to configure their quizzes and <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/386/45/creating-examlock-sessions-for-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">create exam sessions</a>. It is also recommended that instructors consult our <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/381/13/examlock-known-issues-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">current list of known issues</a> before delivering exams using the tool and may find it helpful to review the latest <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/416/1/examlock-troubleshooting-during-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">troubleshooting steps for common issues during exams</a> in advance to be prepared in case of issues.</span></p>
<p>Instructors should contact eClass support <strong>in advance</strong> of any exams if they have questions and are also encouraged to <a href="https://forms.gle/xzVsPgiBZL4A6Bhe6" target="_blank" rel="noopener">register their exams</a>. </p>
<p><span><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Please note:</strong></span> if instructors elect to also hide eClass course content sections during their ExamLock exams, this should be done well before students launch their ExamLock attempts as otherwise there may be performance issues launching student sessions.</span></p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#managing">Managing Entire Exam sessions</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#add-time-global">Adding extra time (global)</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#locking-all">Locking sessions</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#viewing-activity">Viewing session activity</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#individual-time">Managing individual students</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#viewing-activity">Reviewing Student Attempt Activity</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><a id="managing"></a>Managing Entire Exam sessions</strong></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">On the ExamLock manager, instructors will see the list of all the exam sessions that they have created with action icons in each row to edit the session details, lock the session, and view session activity.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="add-time-global"></a>Adding extra time:</span></strong><br /><br />During an exam, if there have been disruptions or students need a longer time to complete the quiz, instructors can extend the time of the quiz for <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>all</strong></span> the attempts. <br /><br />To add extra time for <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>all</strong></span> students, click the <strong>Edit session settings</strong> button (pencil icon) in the row for the session:<br /><br /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-12a.png" alt="" width="682" height="264" /></p>
<p>Then, enter the desired time extension, <strong>in minutes</strong>, into the <strong>Extra time</strong> field:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-14.png" alt="" width="559" height="366" /><br /><br />Any students who have not yet submitted <strong>and have more than 2 minutes remaining on their own quiz timer</strong> will receive an alert in their quiz attempt indicating that they have received an extension. From that point onwards, their quiz timer will show the time added.<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><br /><br /><a href="#Adding_individual_accommodations">See below</a></strong></span><strong> for adding extra time to an individual student's attempt. </strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="locking-all"></a>Locking sessions:</span></strong> After an exam session has been launched, or after it has been completed, you have the option of locking the session so no further attempts can be started or restarted. Existing attempts can be submitted normally when a session has been locked. To lock a session, click the <strong>Lock</strong> icon in the row for the session:<br /></span></p>
<p><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-12b.png" alt="" width="664" height="270" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Session locking might be used in large course sections during exams where it is not possible to account for all the students submitting attempts - locking would prevent students from launching sessions from un-proctored locations and can also be used to ensure that students aren't quitting and resuming their exam session in cases where close proctoring is not possible. <strong>Locking should be standard practice after exams are completed and submitted if not all students have completed the exam.</strong><br /></span></p>
<p><br /><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="viewing-activity"></a>Viewing Session Activity</strong></span></span></span></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The <strong>Session Activity</strong> button allows instructors to manage individual student attempts and review any flagged attempts. These functions are available before, during, or after an exam has been completed. </span></span></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-14a.png" alt="" width="867" height="183" /><br /></strong></span></span></span></span></p>
<p>The session activity page displays all students who have accessed the quiz, along with their current status (the help icon describes all the available statuses.) <br />By <strong>pre-loading,</strong> all students in the course will be populated in the session list (whereas otherwise, they appear when they launch their attempt in ExamLock). <br /><br /><a id="Adding_individual_accommodations"></a><br /><br />Pre-loading allows instructors to manage any <strong>students with accommodations</strong> by adding additional time for their attempt only. To add more time to individual students, you will have to click on the Clock Icon beside the student's name to add more time just for them <br /><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></span></span></span></span><br /><a name="switch-device"></a> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-15.png" alt="" width="1274" height="400" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The exam activity page can be filtered to show only attempts that have been flagged, allowing instructors in large live exams to more easily check for potential issues. <br /></span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-jan20-1.png" alt="" width="850" height="330" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="individual-time"></a>Managing individual</strong> <strong>students</strong>:</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For each student you can add extra time to their attempts, lock/unlock their attempt, or allow them to switch devices using the icons at the right:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-15.png" alt="" width="1274" height="400" /></span></p>
<p>The <strong>Device switch </strong>toggle will allow a student to switch to a different machine in case of a machine crash or a battery problem. This<strong> </strong>toggle will allow the student to re-launch the last saved attempt using ExamLock on a different/new device. Device switching takes the student's last saved data from the Examlock cloud manager and pre-fills a new ExamLock attempt on the new device. Students should select the option to <strong>Resume exam</strong> once they have input the exam session code. <strong>This should only be used if a student has access to a different machine - it will not function on the original machine.<br /></strong></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-15a.png" alt="" width="953" height="391" /><br /><br /></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="reviewing"></a>Reviewing Student Attempt Evidence:</strong></span></span></span></span></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The interface for viewing evidence shows the attempt details at the top left and a bar representing the total duration of the exam. Any flagged events are listed as red ticks in the horizontal bar and appear in a list below the timeline. Clicking on any of the ticks in the horizontal bar will show the screenshots for 30 seconds on either side of that time. </span></span></span></span></span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-16.png" alt="" width="559" height="336" /></p>
<p>The list of flagged events shows when they occurred. The types of events that are captured include:</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-16a.png" alt="" width="559" height="336" /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once displayed, clicking on a particular screenshot will enlarge it to provide more detail:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-setup-16b.png" alt="" width="800" height="772" /><br /></span></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">At the bottom of the evidence view of a particular student attempt, instructors can mark an attempt as clean in case a student has been flagged for a harmless infraction (eg. their monitor went to sleep or a windows update alert popped up) and the instructor has already reviewed the evidence. To do this:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-jan20-2a.png" alt="" width="600" height="579" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The student’s status will now be updated in the overall class list:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/examlock-jan20-2.png" alt="" width="850" height="325" /></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Improved Letter Grade Scale]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-improved-letter-grade-scale]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[642e92efb79421734881b53e1e1b18b6]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 07 May 2012 21:13:05 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p></p>
<p>You are able to assign letter grades to specific assignments or activities in eClass using the Improved Letter Grade Scale. <strong>You should always use this scale instead of the standard 'Letter Scale' since that one translates poorly to numeric values.</strong> This is different from assigning a numeric or percentage grade for an activity and then displaying that grade as a letter (for details on that, check the article <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/38/0/displaying-numeric-grades-as-letters" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Displaying Numeric Grades as Letters</a></strong>).</p>
</div>
<p>To assign letter grades to an activity, go to the <strong>Grades</strong> section. Select <strong>Scale</strong> from the Type. Select <span style="font-weight: bold;">Improved Letter Grade Scale</span> from the dropdown list when you create the activity.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/letter_grade_scale.png" alt="" width="650" height="300" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: bold;">Please note that this letter scale does not correspond to the letter grade boundaries that you may have specified for your course (see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/38/0/setting-letter-grade-boundaries" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Letter Grade Boundaries</a>.)</span> The Improved Letter Grade scale has the following percentage correspondences:</p>
<table style="width: 245px; height: 328px;" border="1">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>A+</td>
<td>100%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>95%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A-</td>
<td>90%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B+</td>
<td>85%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>80%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B-</td>
<td>75%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C+</td>
<td>70%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>65%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C-</td>
<td>60%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D+</td>
<td>55%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D-</td>
<td>50%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>0%</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The Improved Letter Grade Scale will use these percent values to do any summing, averages, or weightings when calculating a final course total from grade items that are marked with the scale. For any gradebook items that are scored on the letter scale, the 'Real' value of the grade will be whichever letter you have specified - you should not score an item using the letter scale AND switch the Grade display value for that item to Letter. This is redundant and may change your selected letters based on the course letter boundaries.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Uploading Multiple Assignment Feedback Files at Once ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/uploading-multiple-assignment-feedback-files-at-once]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a4f23670e1833f3fdb077ca70bbd5d66]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 27 Nov 2015 15:00:18 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you have downloaded all the student submissions from an assignment using the </span><a style="font-size: 11pt;" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/259/15/downloading-assignment-submissions">bulk download procedure</a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, after you have graded the document files and added your own comments, you can upload all of your feedback files in a single step and have each student’s file appear in their assignment feedback area.</span></p>
<ul style="list-style-type: disc;">
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">For this to work, </span><strong>you cannot make any changes to the names of the files or folders that have been downloaded</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> (you cannot append 'instructor comments' to the file or folder name or make any changes whatsoever.)</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> For easiest grading, the recommended practice is to require all students to submit their work in a common, standard format such as an MS Word file. Then when you open the zip file containing all the submissions, you can edit these documents directly in the same folder or folders.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once you have completed grading and added your comments to all of the submission files, you then need to re-zip all of the files into a single compressed file for upload. This can be done on Mac or PC by selecting all the files, right-clicking, and selecting </span><strong>Send to → Compressed (zipped) folder</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> (PC) or </span><strong>Compress [X number of] items</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> (Mac).</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Note: the selection made when initially downloading (folders vs. files) must be maintained when uploading:</strong>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>if you downloaded files only, you must select all the files within the folder and compress them;</strong></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>if you downloaded assignments in folders, you need zip only the top-level, or parent folder.</strong></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<br />
<ul>
<li>PC (files only):<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-5_2.png" alt="" width="1202" height="316" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Mac (files only):<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-6.png" alt="" width="400" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>PC (parent folder)</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-21.png" alt="" width="523" height="204" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Mac (parent folder)</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-22.png" alt="" width="716" height="178" /></p>
<p>After compressing the files, they are ready for upload back into the course.</p>
<ul>
<li>From within the assignment activity select <em>View all submissions</em>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>In the Grading action drop-down (top left), select <em>Upload multiple feedback files in a zip</em>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradingAction0.png" alt="" width="669" height="466" /></li>
<li>Upload your compressed folder or drag-and-drop it into the page then <em>Import feedback file(s)</em>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Next, on the <em>Confirm zip upload</em> page, confirm the changes made to student feedback files by pressing <em>Confirm</em>. <strong>Cancelling on this step will cancel the Feedback file import</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">If successful, this will display a page reporting the number of added and updated feedback files.</span></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
</div>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using Rubrics to Grade Assignments]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-rubrics-to-grade-assignments]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ea5d2f1c4608232e07d3aa3d998e5135]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 18 Oct 2012 17:16:52 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[- NA -]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>Rubrics are advanced grading forms used for criteria-based assessment and are most commonly used within the assignment activity. Rubrics allow for ease and consistency in grading and allow for grade transparency with students.</p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a rubric</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#grading">Grading with a rubric</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#additional">Additional notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a rubric:</strong></span></p>
<p>To create a rubric for use in assignment grading:</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134/13/adding-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Create an assignment</a>, or access the settings of a pre-existing assignment that you would like to grade via a rubric.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Within the assignment settings, scroll down to the section called <strong>Grade</strong>, and for the item 'Grading method' choose 'Rubric'. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-6.png" alt="" width="494" height="360" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You will also need to specify a 'Maximum grade', which should reflect the total number of possible points that will be available through the rubric.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-5.png" alt="" width="590" height="359" /><br /><br />The value that you choose as your 'Maximum grade' will depend on the point increments you intend to use within the rubric itself and should match the total of points available for full scores at each level of the rubric. For example, if you have three grading criteria each worth a maximum of four points, set your 'Maximum grade' to 12 (=3x4).<br /><br /><strong>NOTE:</strong> <strong><span style="background-color: #ffff00;">Do NOT use scales</span> to define the total grade for your rubric-graded assignments.</strong><br /><br /></li>
<li>After you have selected the appropriate 'Maximum grade' and 'Grading method' in the assignment settings, scroll down to the bottom of the page and click 'Save and display'. This will automatically open the 'Advanced grading' set-up screen.<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Click on the button 'Define new grading form from scratch', and fill in all fields as required. You may copy and paste into fields if necessary. <br /><br />When defining the point values for the various 'levels', the best practice is to always make the minimum possible score for each criterion a '0'.  <br /><br />If '0' is not used as the minimum grade for each criterion, ensure that 'Calculate grade having a minimum score of the minimum achievable grade for the rubric' is checked in the <strong>Rubric options </strong>below the bottom of the grading form setup. This setting is especially important if negative scores are allowed.<strong><br /><br /></strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-template.png" alt="" width="573" height="309" /><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-4.png" alt="" width="875" height="502" /></p>
<p><br /><br /><strong><a id="grading"></a>Grading with a rubric:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>When you have finished defining your rubric, click the 'Save rubric and make it ready' button at the bottom of the page. <br /><br />Now, when you go to grade student submissions, the rubric grading method will be available.<br /><br />To select a point value for each criterion, click on the pertinent cell in the table. It will turn and stay green when selected and will enter the grade in the gradebook when the grading is saved.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_rubric.png" alt="" width="659" height="506" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The rubric points entered (turned green) and additional comments, if any, need to be saved at the bottom of the page by clicking <strong>Save changes</strong> or<strong> Save and show next</strong> before navigating away.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><a id="additional"></a>Additional notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">If you wish to return to rubric editing</span>:
<ul>
<li>Click on the assignment</li>
<li>Click on the assignment administration icon (the gear on the upper-right)</li>
<li>Click on 'Advanced grading'</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>If you wish to re-use a rubric in a different course see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/230/15/using-an-existing-rubric-as-a-template" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using an Existing Rubric as a Template</a>.</li>
<li>When grading using rubrics <em><strong>in conjunction with a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/knowledgebase/article/View/controlling-release-of-grades-to-students-using-the-assignment-activity">marking workflow</a></strong></em><em>, </em>the grades tabulated within the grading form will not apply correct rounding to the specified decimals <strong>until </strong>the workflow is set to 'Released'. </li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Advanced Use of eClass Assignments]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/advanced-use-of-eclass-assignments]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a2557a7b2e94197ff767970b67041697]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 10 Oct 2014 11:53:02 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>The assignment tool has a wide range of configuration options that make it a powerful tool for assessing students. It can be especially useful in large course sections where there are several options available to streamline working with a high number of submissions. (For a basic walkthrough of the assignment settings, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134/13/adding-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Assignments</a>.)</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Advanced Assignment Settings</strong></span></p>
<p>The different areas of advanced settings available for grading assignments are described below with links out to articles specifically covering those topics:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/258/15/group-submission-in-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Allowing Group Submissions</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Enables students to submit a single assignment per group and provide grades and feedback to the entire group as a whole</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/259/15/downloading-assignment-submissions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Downloading all assignment file submissions at once</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Download a zipped folder of all student file submissions for offline grading</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/260/15/uploading-multiple-assignment-feedback-files-at-once" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Uploading Multiple Feedback Files at once</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- After working offline and entering comments into student file submissions, you can upload them in one batch</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/261/15/using-a-grading-workflow-to-organize-marking-and-coordinate-release-of-grades" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Marking workflow to release grades to students at the same time</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Grading high volume assignments can be managed by adding a workflow option allowing for review, tracking, and timed release of grades</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/262/15/splitting-up-grading-of-assignments-in-large-sections" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Marker allocation to divide grading work among your instructors and TAs</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- With the grading workflow enabled, you can assign subsets of submissions to TAs and other instructors in your course for grading</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Grading Assignments</strong></span></p>
<p>Providing students with grades and feedback using the assignment activity is covered in the following series of articles:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/35/15/grading-student-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Student Assignments</a></span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/259/15/downloading-assignment-submissions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Downloading Assignment Submissions</a></span></p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/261/15/using-a-grading-workflow-to-organize-marking-and-coordinate-release-of-grades" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Controlling Release of Grades to Students using the Assignment activity</a></span></p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/64/0/using-rubrics" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Assignments based on a Custom Rubric</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Assignment grades can be given out by selecting specific levels on a series of criteria from a rubric designed by the instructor</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/170/15/using-marking-guides-to-grade-assignment" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Assignments based on a Custom marking guide</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Similar to the rubric, assignment grades are given out by entering scores on pre-selected criteria with the added option of re-using commonly used comments</p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/272/15/grading-pdf-assignment-submissions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading PDF Assignment Submissions</a></span></p>
</li>
<li><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/284/15/assessing-forum-posts-using-the-assignment-activity" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Forum Posts within the Assignment Activity</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Enable students to pull all their posts/replies from a forum into the assignment as their submission</p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/260/15/uploading-multiple-assignment-feedback-files-at-once" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Uploading Multiple Assignment Feedback Files at Once</a></span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/262/15/splitting-up-grading-of-assignments-in-large-sections" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Splitting up Grading of Assignments in Large Sections</a></span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/36/6/problems-grading-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Problems Grading Assignments</a></span></p>
</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding H5P Interactive Activities to a Course Content Bank]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-h5p-interactive-activities-to-a-course-content-bank]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[2050e03ca119580f74cca14cc6e97462]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 18 Jun 2021 16:07:43 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">Instructors can now add H5P interactive activities directly to their eClass courses. </span></p>
<p><span style="color: #000000;">H5P ( </span><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p.svg" alt="" width="35" height="15" />) activities are interactive learning objects based on a range of open-source templates that can <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/476/13/adding-gradable-h5p-activities" target="_blank" rel="noopener">now be used as gradable activities</a>. The name is an abbreviation for HTML5 Package.</p>
<p>Any pre-existing H5P activities created and/or hosted on <a href="https://h5p.org" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.org</a> or <a href="https://h5p.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener">h5p.com</a> may also be uploaded into a course <strong>Content bank</strong>. Existing activities or content created using the in-system H5P editor tools must then be subsequently displayed in the course through the editor or by using the H5P gradable activity.</p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding content to a Content bank</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#unlisting">Unlisting Content bank items</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#available">Available H5P Interactive Content Types</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding content to a Content bank:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. Access the <strong>Content bank</strong> from the <strong>More</strong> dropdown at the top of your course page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-1.png" alt="" width="821" height="425" /></p>
<p>2. The <strong>Content bank</strong> lists all previously added content (or content copied forward from previous terms) and provides the option to <strong>Add </strong>or <strong>Upload </strong>H5P activities:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-2.png" alt="" width="728" height="506" /></p>
<p>3. Add activities by clicking <strong>Add</strong> and scrolling through the <a href="#available">list of available activities</a> to select content:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-3.png" alt="" width="719" height="415" /></p>
<p>4. The available content types allow for a range of different types of interactivity from answering embedded questions to recording audio to dragging objects. Instructors can customize the templates to include their own images, videos, or presentations, and then add the specific interaction allowed by the template.</p>
<ul>
<li>The range of content types is inter-operable and by default many of the recommended, 'fuller' activities are constructed using the 'smaller' ones as building blocks. <a href="#available">See below for a table</a> of what the different content templates do and to access links to specific instructional materials for the most popular types.</li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="unlisting"></a>Unlisting Content bank items:</strong></span></p>
<p>By default, your creations are set to 'Public' and may be searched by other H5P authors or Instructors in the same eClass course.</p>
<p>If you wish to hide the visibility of your content bank item,</p>
<p>1. Click on the item in your content bank:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-hide-1a.png" width="493" height="251" alt="" /></p>
<p>2. From the <strong>More</strong> dropdown menu, choose 'Make unlisted'.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-hide-1" alt="" width="764" height="447" /></p>
<p>3. When you return to your content bank, you will see an indicator showing that the item is now unlisted:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/h5p-contentbank-hide-2" alt="" width="517" height="232" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="available"></a>Available H5P interactive content types:</strong></span></p>
<p> </p>
<table dir="ltr" style="height: 3508px;" border="1" width="1037" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="10"><colgroup><col width="100" /><col width="359" /></colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr style="background-color: #d3d3d3;">
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Accordion&quot;}" data-sheets-hyperlink="https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/contentbank/edit.php?contextid=2979633&amp;plugin=h5p&amp;library=H5P.Accordion%201.0" data-sheets-hyperlinkruns="{&quot;1&quot;:0,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/contentbank/edit.php?contextid=2979633&amp;plugin=h5p&amp;library=H5P.Accordion%201.0&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;">
<p><strong>H5P Content Types </strong></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 8pt;"><strong>(links to H5P examples)</strong></span></p>
</td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;I'm getting several errors anytime I try to create one:\nInvalid permissions detected when trying to create a directory. Turn debugging on for further details.\n^^ could have been initial disk errors; this works fine for me - https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/mod/page/view.php?id=5213685&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Accordion&quot;}" data-sheets-hyperlink="https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/contentbank/edit.php?contextid=2979633&amp;plugin=h5p&amp;library=H5P.Accordion%201.0" data-sheets-hyperlinkruns="{&quot;1&quot;:0,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/contentbank/edit.php?contextid=2979633&amp;plugin=h5p&amp;library=H5P.Accordion%201.0&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-accordion" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Accordion</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;I'm getting several errors anytime I try to create one:\nInvalid permissions detected when trying to create a directory. Turn debugging on for further details.\n^^ could have been initial disk errors; this works fine for me - https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/mod/page/view.php?id=5213685&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">An accordion-style content nesting tool to display static content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Arithmetic Quiz &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/agamotto-tutorial" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Agamotto</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;seems a little basic but functional - the linear algebra seems OK. cautious yes. simple enough that a paragraph should explain it all&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;"><span data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Creates a slideshow, where you can scroll through multiple photos by draging the progress bar from left to right. Photos \nsmoothly transition into one another.&quot;}" data-sheets-userformat="{&quot;2&quot;:4993,&quot;3&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:0},&quot;10&quot;:0,&quot;11&quot;:4,&quot;12&quot;:0,&quot;15&quot;:&quot;Arial&quot;}">Creates a photo slideshow that lets users scroll through multiple photos by dragging a progress bar.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Arithmetic Quiz &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-arithmetic-quiz" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Arithmetic Quiz</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;seems a little basic but functional - the linear algebra seems OK. cautious yes. simple enough that a paragraph should explain it all&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">A fairly basic mathematic quizzing tool that asks random arithmetic or linear algebra questions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Audio &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;">Audio</td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;functions. may need the option to style away direct media upload option (story already made for doing that for video - paste link); couldn't find an audio url that worked (YouTube did not). upoad worked fine and seemed to allow upload of apple music .m4a which fails most of the time elsewhere. audio plays - see label in topic 1 - https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/course/view.php?id=60076#section-1&quot;}" data-sheets-hyperlink="https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/course/view.php?id=60076#section-1" data-sheets-textstyleruns="{&quot;1&quot;:0}{&quot;1&quot;:332,&quot;2&quot;:{&quot;2&quot;:{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:1136076},&quot;9&quot;:1}}" data-sheets-hyperlinkruns="{&quot;1&quot;:332,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;https://eclass-future-uat.lmc.ualberta.ca/course/view.php?id=60076#section-1&quot;}{&quot;1&quot;:408}" style="width: 739.562px;">Tool to embed audio files stored in YouTube or other media storage services.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Audio Recorder &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/audio-recorder" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Audio Recorder</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Make an audio recorder. Users can download and playback their recordings.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Inserts an audio recorder that allows users to record small snippets of audio. Users can download and playback their recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Branching Scenario (beta) &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-branching-scenario" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Branching Scenario</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Interactive presentation - much like the Lesson activity but H5P and likely nicer looking than moodle's&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">A presentations delivery activity that branches based on user responses.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Chart &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-chart" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Chart</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Simple chart creator. Can be used to create either pie or bar charts. Works well, super quick.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Simple chart display tool that can be used to create either pie or bar charts.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Collage&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-collage" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Collage</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Creates a collage of images. Not super customizable, but works. Only editing options are a selection of layouts, zoom in or out on images, and margins between images.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Creates a collage of images with the option to allow a selection of layouts and the option to zoom in or out on images.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Column&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-column" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Column</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to combine 2 or more h5p elements into one element. For example, I can add a chart and a collage into one h5p element.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows users to combine 2 or more other content types into one acitvity. For example, to combine a chart and a collage into one activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Column&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-course-presentation" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Course Presentation</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to combine 2 or more h5p elements into one element. For example, I can add a chart and a collage into one h5p element.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can create a slide-based presentation of their learning material with elements such as slide titles, links, pictures, audio and video clips, as well as various quiz question types seamlessly embedded right into the presentation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Dialog Cards &quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-dialog-cards" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Dialog Cards</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Simulates cue card memorization. You enter in text and/or an image for one side of the card, and then enter text for the other side of the card. Students are then able to look at the front side of the card, answer the question in their head, and then flip over the card to see if they got it correct. They are then able to manually check off whether their answer was correct or incorrect, and receive a summary at the end of the activity.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Activity simulates cue card memorization by entering text and/or an image for one side of the card, and then entering text for the other side of the card. Students are then able to look at the front side of the card, answer the question in their head, and then flip over the card to see if they got it correct. Students can then manually check off whether their answer was correct or incorrect, and receive a summary at the end of the activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Dictation&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-dictation" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Dictation</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;You can upload an audio clip, or a record a new one, and then type in what was said in the audio. Students are then able to listen to the audio, type in their answer, and if it matches what you entered, they get 100%. Works well, think this one might get used a lot in language courses.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can record or upload an audio clip, and then insert text matching what was said in the audio. Students are then able to listen to the audio, enter their answer, and receive a correct score if it matches the entered text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Documentation Tool&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-documentation-tool" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Documentation Tool</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;You are able to add a text page, a goals page, and a goals report page. On the text page, instructors can add text or images (to give background for the assignment I assume). On the goals page, students are able to set their own goals, and then on the goals report page, they are able to rate how they did on each goal. There is also an export page where they can export the entire activity to a docx file.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can set up a structured form for student text entry including text or images, broken into different phases. Students can then export their completed report as a docx file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Drag and Drop Drag Text&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-drag-and-drop-question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Drag and Drop</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;I was able to create options but was not able to drag those options.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Adds an activity where students can drag responses (text or images) onto pre-created drop zones on an image or background. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Drag and Drop Drag Text&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/documentation/content-author-guide/tutorials-for-authors/drag-the-words" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Drag Text</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;I was able to create options but was not able to drag those options.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can create text-based challenges where users are asked to drag words into blanks in sentences.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Essay&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-essay" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Essay</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Seems functional. It is looking for specific keywords and phrases. You can add wildcards, but they are expecting something where the wildcard is. For example, if the keyword is \&quot; *tiger \&quot;, then it will look for something before the word \&quot;tiger\&quot;, just writing \&quot;tiger\&quot; will not work. Not really for essays, more for short answer type quizzes.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Tool to allow students to input free form text with options for semi-automated feedback. May be most useful for short answer type quiz questions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Fill in the Blanks&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-fill-in-the-blanks" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Fill in the Blanks</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;H5P fill in the blanks activity. - Instructions for syntax located in the Important Instructions icon.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Constructs an activity where students can fill text answers into sentences or paragraphs with the option for multiple correct answers and hints on each blank.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Find Multiple Hotspots&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/find-multiple-hotspots" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Find Multiple Hotspots</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Seems functional. It allows you to upload an image, set up \&quot;Hotspots\&quot; that you can click on, and if you click on the correct hotspot, it marks it as correct. There appears to be no penalty for clicking on an incorrect hotspot.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can have students identify multiple regions on an image and receive score for getting them correct but there appears to be no penalty for clicking on an incorrect hotspot.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Find the Hotspot&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/image-hotspot-question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Find the Hotspot</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Same as \&quot;Find multiple hotspots\&quot;, only you can only click one hotspot. If you are wrong, you can retry. You can have multiple different hotspots, but ultimately you only choose one&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Creates content very similar to "Find multiple hotspots" but there is only a single correct answer. Distractors can be set with appropriate feedback and students are allowed to retry as many times as they want.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Find The Words&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/find-the-words" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Find The Words</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Lets you set up a word search and appears to work just fine. Also lets you set the words and available letters.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can set up a word search by entering a set of words and then setting a range of options (range of letters to search from, word orientation, whether to show solution.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Flashcards&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-flashcards" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Flashcards</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Works exactly as you expect a flashcard to work. No issues and lets you add question text and an optional answer.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Creates a set of cards containing a picture or question on one side of the card and a corresponding text on the other side. The learner is asked to type a word or expression corresponding to the picture, before turning the card over and revealing the correct answer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Guess the Answer&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-guess-the-answer" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Guess the Answer</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;This one is odd in that it seems to just be an image or video and the ability to reveal what string of text represents that image or video. Seems to work but is a worse version of flashcards&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Provides the ability to have students guess the corresponding text which matches an image or video. Very similar to (but a bit more basic) the flashcards content type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Iframe Embedder&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/iframe-embedder" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Iframe Embedder</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;The name is self-explanitory... it embeds a website via iFrame. Bad part is it does not allow scrolling seemingly. Meaning if you embed an infinite scroll website it will just cut off.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">This tool allows instructors to quickly embed websites via iFrame. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Hotspots&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-image-hotspots" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Hotspots</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Gives you the ability to add hotspots or points on the image where users can click on to reveal descriptive text, pictures, or a video.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Images can be enhanced by adding hotspots or points on the image where users can click on to reveal descriptive text, pictures, or a video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Juxtaposition&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/image-juxtaposition" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Juxtaposition</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Seems to place images overtop of eachother? Unsure what the use case for this is but it seems like its \&quot;working\&quot;, whatever it is working to do.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables students to compare 2 similar images by dragging one over top of the other to evaluate differences.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Pair&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-image-pairing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Pair</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;This is basically a matching question using images. Seems to work as expected.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Constructs a matching question using images. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Sequencing&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-image-sequencing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Sequencing</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to create an activity where students need to re-arrange a set of images into the correct order. Works as expected.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to create an activity where students need to re-arrange a randomized set of images into the correct order.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Image Slider&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-image-slider" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Image Slider</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to make an slideshow of images. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables instructors to upload a series of images as a slideshow.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Interactive Book&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/content-types/interactive-book" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Interactive Book</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to create a book where you can have pages of different H5P content, from questions to other H5P content found on this list. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to create a book with the pages containing content constructed out of the other different H5P content types, from questions to image sliders or collages. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Interactive Video&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-interactive-video" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Interactive Video</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to take a video (on your computer or even a Youtube video), and add labels, images, and even questions. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables quiz questions and other interactions like pop-ups or elaborating text to be overlaid onto linked YouTube and other hosted videos.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;KewAr Code&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/content-types/kewar-code" target="_blank" rel="noopener">KewAr Code</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;This is a QR code generator. I notice that the default size is very large, where I have to zoom out on the screen to get it in full. I notice that there is a maximum size field, but it asks for it in \&quot;CSS notation\&quot;, and I'm not sure what CSS statement it means. &quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to generate scannable QR codes of different types (events, urls, texts, etc.)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Mark the Words&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/documentation/content-author-guide/tutorials-for-authors/mark-the-words" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Mark the Words</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to write a paragraph/sentence/page, and you can mark words with an asterisk before and after a word, like \&quot;You can find an answer *here*, *there*, and *everywhere*.\&quot;, and the student would then have to click on the words \&quot;here\&quot;, \&quot;there\&quot;, and \&quot;everywhere\&quot; to get it right. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to construct text-based games with marked words defined by some question or query and students would then have to click on the matching words. Words are marked by enclosing in asterisks to indicate correct answers. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Memory Game&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-multichoice-question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Memory Game</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;It's one of those memory games where you have to flip two cards at a time and try to get matches in as few turns as possible. Fun, but of limited relevance to a university.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables the creation of a memory game where learners have to flip two cards at a time and try to match the image pairs in as few turns as possible. Instructors can insert additional information to be delivered when matches are made. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Multiple Choice&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-multichoice-question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Multiple Choice</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to set one multiple choice question only. Works well, If you set multiple right answers, you have to select all of them.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Inserts a standard multiple choice question where multiple correct answers must all be selected to score. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Personality Quiz&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/personality-quiz" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Personality Quiz</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Allows you to define traits, and then asks questions that can be connected to those traits, and in the end, it gives you an answer. Works fine!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to define personality traits and then define questions where specific responses map to specific traits. At the end of the quiz, students will see which 'personality' they match the best with.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Question Set&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-question-set" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Quiz (Question Set)</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;This allows you to make seven different questions (multiple choice, drag and drop, fill in the blank, mark the text, drag text, true/false, essay). The drag and drop is a little hard to figure out (you have to make the drop zones, then make text/images to drag, and then you have to associate the drop zones with their options), and for \&quot;fill in the blank\&quot;, \&quot;mark the text\&quot;, and \&quot;drag text\&quot;, you have to mark the answer with asterisks, like \&quot;This is the *answer* to the question.\&quot; However, the second asterisk often changes to a quotation mark, and you have to change it back. (Note: I might have just made a mistake here). \n\nOverall, it works, though!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Instructors can use any of the other H5P question types (multiple choice, drag and drop, fill in the blank, mark the text, drag text, true/false, essay) and collect them in sequence to create a quiz. There are options for structured and video feedback as well.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Single Choice Set&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/documentation/content-author-guide/tutorials-for-authors/single-choice-set" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Single Choice Set</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Basicallly a multiple choice quiz where each question has one answer. Works well!&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Adds a basic multiple choice quiz where each question has one answer. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<!--<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Speak the Words&quot;}"><a href="https://h5p.org/speak-the-words" target="_blank">Speak the Words</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;You ask the students to say a word or phrase, and they record themselves saying it, and it grades on if they said it correctly. It is admittedly very finicky.&quot;}">You ask the students to say a word or phrase, and they record themselves saying it, and it grades on if they said it correctly. It is admittedly very finicky.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Speak the Words Set&quot;}"><a href="https://h5p.org/speak-the-words-set" target="_blank">Speak the Words Set</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;You ask students to say a word, they record themselves saying it, and uses a voice to text coverter to grade the students.  The converter was quite innacurate in my tests, but for simple one word responses it might work.&quot;}">You ask students to say a word, they record themselves saying it, and uses a voice to text coverter to grade the students. The converter was quite innacurate in my tests, but for simple one word responses it might work.</td>
</tr>-->
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Summary&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-summary" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Summary</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Simple quiz where students are asked to choose between two statements. Can add as many questions as you like.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Constructs a simple statement-based quiz where students are asked to choose between different options and is meant to be delivered as a formative review after viewing content.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Timeline&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/documentation/content-author-guide/tutorials-for-authors/timeline" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Timeline</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Creates an interactive timeline where you can add a description for a specific date. Works well&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Allows instructors to build a presentation that is structured as an interactive timeline where each content entry is specified at a date/time and these are arranged in chronological order</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;True/False Question&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-true-false" target="_blank" rel="noopener">True/False Question</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Creates a one question true or false activity. Works, not sure what this would be used for though.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Creates a single-question true or false activity. Can be used as a part of the Question Set activity.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Virtual Tour (360)&quot;}" style="width: 251.438px;"><a href="https://h5p.org/tutorial-virtual-tour" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Virtual Tour (360)</a></td>
<td data-sheets-value="{&quot;1&quot;:2,&quot;2&quot;:&quot;Pretty neat. Allows you to add an image and a description, however it is built for panoramic (360) images. One image=one scene, so if you had a series of 360 images, this would work well.&quot;}" style="width: 739.562px;">Enables the addition of the existing h5p overlays (questions, text elaborations, descriptions) over top of uploaded panoramic (360) images. </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Quizzes - Grading Quizzes]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/quizzes---grading-quizzes]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7f6ffaa6bb0b408017b62254211691b5]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 27 Mar 2014 10:37:22 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>All quiz question types (except for ‘Essay’) are graded automatically by eClass after the student has submitted their quiz attempt.</p>
<p>It is a recommended practice to review short answer questions in case credit should be provided for acceptable but non-matching answers. Essay questions<strong> <span style="color: #ff0000;">require</span> </strong>manual grading.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Students who have not attempted a quiz will not be able to view questions or answers until they attempt the quiz regardless of the review options settings.</p>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#getting">Getting started</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#manually">To manually grade a student's essay response</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#short">To review short answer question responses</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p dir="ltr"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="getting"></a>Getting started:</strong></span></p>
<p dir="ltr">To do any quiz attempt reviews or grading, you must first click on the quiz link from your main eClass page.</p>
<p dir="ltr" style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-link.png" width="357" height="142" alt="" /></p>
<h4><a id="manually"></a><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To manually grade a student's essay response in a quiz:</span></strong></h4>
<ol>
<li>If you want to review each student's full attempt one at a time, click '<strong>Attempts: </strong>#<strong>'</strong>  and choose '<strong>Review attempt</strong>' for each individual:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quiz-attempts.png" alt="" width="541" height="371" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>To see a detailed view of only the long answer responses that need grading for the entire quiz, click on the <strong>Results</strong> tab, then the <strong>Grades</strong> dropdown, then on <strong>Manual grading</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/essay-grading-2.png" alt="" width="675" height="353" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The next page will display all questions that require manual grading.</li>
<li>Clicking on the <strong>grade all</strong> link opens a grading interface that allows you to mark and comment on a question:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/manual-grading-2a.png" alt="" width="708" height="218" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>When manually grading an essay question, the grader is able to enter a custom comment in response to the essay and assign a score. Always be sure to click the <strong>Save</strong> button before navigating to another page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/essay-grading-3.png" alt="" width="862" height="412" /><br />The options on this page will remain set for a given quiz, rather than resetting after leaving the grading window. </li>
</ol>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="short"></a>To review short answer question responses:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li>To quickly review short answer question responses for an entire quiz, select <strong>Responses</strong> under the <strong>Grades</strong> dropdown:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/manual-grading-4.png" alt="" width="485" height="294" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Clicking <strong>Responses</strong> will open a quiz attempt table but with answers rather than scores received:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/manual-grading-5.png" alt="" width="998" height="389" /></li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Troubleshooting Grade Import Issues]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/troubleshooting-grade-import-issues]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[38b3eff8baf56627478ec76a704e9b52]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 05 Nov 2013 23:20:22 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>Instructors experiencing issues while attempting to upload CSV files into the eClass gradebook can try the following troubleshooting steps:</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"></span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#user-mapping">User Mapping Error</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#writing-to-db">Writing to Database Error</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#multiple-users-found-error">Multiple users found with email address Error</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="user-mapping"></a>Error message: 'user mapping error, could not find user...'</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>These errors are usually caused by mis-mapping the columns from your spreadsheet to the corresponding gradebook column in eClass. For assistance with these problems, see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/31/0/importing-grades-into-the-grader-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">the instructions in the knowledgebase article: Importing Grades into The Grader Report</a> (or the link immediately to the right of 'Identify user by' inside the eClass gradebook when importing grades).</li>
<li>If you have verified that your mapping is correct and still see this error, another cause of mapping issues is if a Student ID number or CCID has become corrupted in your spreadsheet. In these cases, check for the user id identified in the error message. These can sometimes be inadvertently converted by auto-formatting in MS Excel:
<ul>
<li>If you have a user whose Student ID number begins with zero, Excel will trim the leading zero.</li>
<li>If you have a student with a CCID approximating a date, eg. may4, Excel will convert it into a date.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="writing-to-db"></a><strong>Error message: 'Error writing to database'</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>This error message occurs when the grader report is expecting to receive numeric values and instead receives textual data.</li>
<li>The most common cause is text written directly into your spreadsheet in place of numbers as in the example depicted below:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook_import_problem1.png" alt="" width="500" height="129" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>This error will also occur if you are attempting to upload textual data such as feedback or comments directly into a gradebook column. Text columns must be imported into the 'Comments' area of a pre-existing gradebook column following the instructions in this article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/39/0/importing-text-columns-to-the-gradebook" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Importing Text Columns to the Gradebook</a>.</li>
<li>This error will also be thrown on rare occasions by user mapping problems. See the tips above for solving those issues.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="multiple-users-found-error"></a>Error message: 'Multiple users found with email address of...'</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Occurs when trying to map email-to-email and one or more users have a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/79/13/using-the-demostudent-block-to-test-the-student-experience" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Demostudent</a> account in the eClass system, usually because they have been a TA, etc elsewhere on eClass.</li>
<li>As recommended in this eClass article regarding <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/31/36/importing-grades-into-the-grader-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">importing grades</a>, we strongly recommend only mapping from CCID, student number, or anonymous ID.</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Student Problems when Viewing their Grades]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/student-problems-when-viewing-their-grades]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[34173cb38f07f89ddbebc2ac9128303f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Nov 2011 00:09:53 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">If your students are having difficulty accessing their grades, it may be one of the following issues:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#gradebook">The Gradebook is hidden from students</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#coursetotal">The Course Total Grade is hidden from students gradebook</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#hidden">The missing grade item may be hidden in the gradebook</a></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</div>
<div>
<div></div>
<div> </div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="gradebook"></a>The Gradebook is hidden from students</span></strong></p>
<p>If a student is unable to access ANY grades (<em>i.e.</em>, the Grades link is unavailable to them), it is likely that the setting to show the gradebook to students has been disabled.</p>
<ol>
<li>To enable student access to the gradebook, click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab at the top of your course main page.</li>
<li>Scroll down to the item 'Show students their own grades' (under the <strong>Appearance</strong> heading), and change the value to <strong>Yes</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/show gradebook to students option.png" alt="show gradebook option" width="794" height="267" /></li>
</ol>
<p><em>Conventionally, no student will ever see grade data for anyone but themselves. Only Instructor-level roles will have access to the grades of participants in a course.</em></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="coursetotal"></a>The Course Total Grade is hidden from students gradebook</span></strong></p>
<p>By default the course total grade is hidden from students. To allow students to see their overall grade in the course, you must turn it on.</p>
<p>To configure the gradebook:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the<em> Grade administration</em> page by clicking on <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of your course main page.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="503" height="579" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Then select <strong>Grader report</strong> then <strong>Gradebook setup</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup.png" alt="" width="430" height="503" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on <strong>Edit</strong><em> &gt; </em><strong>Edit settings</strong> beside your course's name.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebookSetup1.png" alt="" width="629" height="418" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Here you can set the grade type and the <strong>Grade display type</strong>, which is what students see in their gradebook. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course_total_grade_2.png" alt="" width="632" height="460" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="hidden"></a>The missing grade item may be hidden in the gradebook</span></strong></p>
<p>If students can access the gradebook, but cannot see a specific grade item, this may be because that item is currently hidden from students in the gradebook. <br />To show these items follow the steps below:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of your course main page, then select <strong>Grader report</strong> then <strong>Gradebook setup.</strong></li>
<li>Find the affected grade item on the page, and check the icons in the dialog after clicking on <strong>Edit</strong>.
<ul>
<li>If you see an icon of a closed eye, this means that that item is currently hidden to students. Hidden items are displayed to the instructor with greyed out text, as shown below.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>To show this item to students, click on the <strong>closed eye</strong> icon to ‘Show’ it.</li>
</ol>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentGradeProblems.png" alt="" width="623" height="573" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Quiz Statistics and Reporting]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/quiz-statistics-and-reporting]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fccb60fb512d13df5083790d64c4d5dd]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 22 Jun 2020 12:22:50 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>This article describes how instructors can use the built-in quiz statistics available for all selected-response-type questions (multiple-choice, true/false, matching, etc.) in the eClass quiz tool. These statistics are not available to review until after a quiz attempt has been completed by students. Once available, the stats can be used to review the performance of the class and to help determine the validity of the assessment and specific questions.</p>
<p>Test Scoring and Questionnaire Services (TSQS) can provide instructors with alternative item analysis reports and exam files using eClass quiz data. The reports may be of interest to instructors who have transitioned to eClass exams from Scantron multiple choice exams and would prefer to see the TSQS-style exam reports. Instructors can request reports by emailing <a href="mailto:test.scoring@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">test.scoring@ualberta.ca</a>.</p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#access">Accessing the Quiz Statistics</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#basic-info">Basic Quiz Information and Statistics</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#eval">Quiz Evaluation Statistics</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#stat">Quiz Statistics for the individual items</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#problems">Problematic Items</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#individ-quest">Individual Question Detailed Statistics</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="access"></a>Accessing the Quiz Statistics</strong></span></p>
<p>Navigate to your course home page, and click the link to your Quiz.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizlink.png" alt="Final Exam link" width="598" height="74" /></p>
<p>On the quiz details page, Click <strong>Results</strong>, then from the dropdown menu, select <strong>Statistics</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><strong><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizstat1.png" alt="Accessing quiz Statistics" width="742" height="420" /><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The statistics page sometimes loads slowly in quizzes with a large number of questions and student attempts. Once the page loads, the top section displays a range of information and statistics about the quiz as a whole: </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizstats3.png" alt="Overall Statistics" width="805" height="406" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="basic-info"></a>Basic Quiz Information and Statistics</strong></span></p>
<p>The first few items are basic information about the quiz and how it was delivered:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Quiz name - pulled directly from the quiz settings, the title you gave your quiz<strong><strong><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Course name - your course name</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Open the quiz</span> <span style="font-weight: 400;">- pulled directly from the quiz settings, the date you set the quiz to open</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Close the quiz - pulled directly from the quiz settings, the date you set the quiz to close</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Open for - pulled directly from the quiz settings, the duration of your exam window</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Number of complete graded first attempts - the number of students who completed a first attempt of your quiz</span><strong><strong> </strong></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Depending on the parameters set for the quiz regarding how many student attempts can be made (one attempt only, multiple attempts, highest grade, etc.), the following items will indicate the average grade across attempts:</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Total number of complete graded attempts - total number of student attempts on this quiz</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Average grade of first attempts</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Average grade for all attempts</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Average grade of last attempts</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Average grade of highest-graded attempts</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="eval"></a>Quiz Evaluation Statistics:</strong></span></p>
<p>The next few items can help to determine the validity of your assessment overall.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Median grade (for highest graded attempt) - If your quiz has skewness (</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">by having a number of very high or very low scores)</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">, the median will assist you to judge your class’ performance in comparison to the mean (Average grade of attempts).</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Standard deviation (for highest graded attempt) - The standard deviation indicates how spread out the grades are in comparison to the average. Larger standard deviations indicate more spread and smaller standard deviations indicate less spread. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Score distribution skewness (for highest graded attempt) - Skewness helps determine how symmetric the distribution of grades is. Zero implies a perfectly symmetrical distribution, positive values have a ‘tail’ to the right and negative values have a ‘tail’ to the left. The ideal number will be a negative number around -1.0. If the value is too negative, this indicates the clustering of grades at the top of the distribution which makes it harder to discriminate the performance of high-scoring students. Similarly, a large positive value (greater than 1.0) indicates clustering to the bottom of the distribution making it hard to discriminate the performance of students with lower scores.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizstats4.png" alt="Skewness" width="544" height="236" /></strong></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><span style="font-size: 8pt;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Image Source: </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quiz report statistics - MoodleDocs. (2020). <a href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Quiz_report_statistics#:~:text=Discrimination%20efficiency%3A%20This%20statistic%20attempts,same%20score%20on%20that%20question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Retrieved 10 June 2020</a>.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Score distribution kurtosis (for highest graded attempt) - The ideal range will be between 0 to 1.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Coefficient of internal consistency (for highest graded attempt) - This is Cronbach’s alpha. Ideal values should be above 65% but anything over 80% is very good. This value is typically represented in item analysis as a decimal value ranging from 0-1. High values signify that the quiz has a high level of reliability indicating scores can be used to consistently rank students. A low value can indicate that some of the questions are not measuring the same underlying knowledge and skills as the rest of the test. In this case, reporting total scores might mask the strengths and weaknesses students have for the different types of knowledge and skills being assessed. It can also mean that the test contains questions that are susceptible to random error and thus how students' scores on some questions are not related to the intended focus of the test  (e.g.: it is testing reading comprehension rather than content - i.e. the test questions are heterogeneous.)</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Error ratio (for highest graded attempt) - The Error ratio should have a lower score - if this score is high, it may indicate you have several difficult or very easy questions. Values over 50% indicate that there is substantial error, and imply that less than half the standard deviation is due to differences in ability and the rest is due to chance.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Standard error (for highest graded attempt)</span> <span style="font-weight: 400;">- Standard error is derived from the quiz’s standard deviation and error ratio values. Ideally, this score should be below 8%. It is difficult to get this value below 5% or 6%.</span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><strong><a id="stat"></a>Quiz Statistics for the individual items </strong></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As you scroll downwards, you will see the individual questions listed, with each question title linking to more detailed information about that question. The columns in this table provide a statistical evaluation of each question. (To see Moodle’s guide to the item analysis headings, click the link '<a href="https://docs.moodle.org/310/en/Quiz_statistics_report#Quiz_structure_analysis" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Quiz structure analysis - for details click here</a>'.) If you have pulled random questions from categories into your quiz, there is information for the question number slots and for the individual items. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizstat2.png" alt="Quiz structure analysis " width="903" height="361" /><br /><br /></strong></strong>Additional details about the item analyses:<strong><strong><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Question name: The name of the question that was assigned when the quiz was built</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Attempts: The number of students who received this question on their exam. In the event that you have randomized questions pulling from a question bank category, not all students who wrote the test may have received that specific item.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Facility Index: Also, item difficulty. This value indicates the percentage of students who answered this question correctly. You can use the following guide for an idea of the interpretation of different Facility Index scores. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizstats6.png" alt="Difficulty" width="599" height="481" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><span style="font-size: 8pt;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Image Source: </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quiz report statistics - MoodleDocs. (2020). <a href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Quiz_report_statistics#:~:text=Discrimination%20efficiency%3A%20This%20statistic%20attempts,same%20score%20on%20that%20question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Retrieved 10 June 2020</a>.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Standard deviation: The amount of variation amongst student scores for this question.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Random guess score: This is the mean score students would be expected to get for a random guess at the question. In an item with 4 answer options, students would always have a 25% chance of getting the item right.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Intended weight: The weight assigned to the question on the Edit Quiz page.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Effective weight: Is an attempt to estimate, from the results, how much of the actual variation amongst student responses was due to this question. Ideally the effective weights should be close or match to the intended weights.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">- Discrimination Index: The correlation between the score for this question and the score for the entire quiz, effectively Item Discrimination. In Moodle, it is reported as a percentage, while it is commonly indicated in item analysis as a decimal value ranging from -1 to 1. Low values, below 20% and negative values indicate the item is discriminating in a way that is opposite to the rest of the test. In other words, lower-scoring students have a better chance of getting these questions correct than higher-scoring students and vice versa. The discrimination index correlates students’ overall performance on the quiz to their performance on each item; stronger students should have a better chance of getting each individual question correct, and weaker students should have a lower chance of getting each item correct. If everyone is getting it right (or wrong), then the question is too easy (or too hard). The higher the discrimination index, the better the question is at differentiating students who know the concepts being tested from those who don’t. </span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizstats7.png" alt="Discrimination" width="378" height="301" /></strong></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><span style="font-size: 8pt;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Image Source: </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quiz report statistics - MoodleDocs. (2020). <a href="https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Quiz_report_statistics#:~:text=Discrimination%20efficiency%3A%20This%20statistic%20attempts,same%20score%20on%20that%20question" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Retrieved 10 June 2020</a></span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">Discriminative efficiency: An item which is very easy or very difficult cannot discriminate between students of different ability levels, because most students will get the same score on that question. Discrimination efficiency will very rarely approach 100%, but values in excess of 50% should be achievable. Lower values indicate that the question is not nearly as effective at discriminating between students of different ability levels and is therefore not a particularly good question.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="problems"></a>Problematic Items</strong></span></p>
<p>Some question names will be highlighted in red, which is eClass' way of indicating that these questions should be reviewed by instructional staff. The red flags are triggered by a low discriminative efficiency score:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong><strong><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizstat3.png" alt="Highlight" width="776" height="352" /><br /></strong></strong></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="individ-quest"></a>Individual Question Detailed Statistics</strong></span></p>
<p>Clicking on an individual question name will bring you to a new page with more details about the question's performance. Additionally, you will be able to see the number of students who selected each answer option to review how your distractors are functioning.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><strong><strong><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizstat4.png" alt="Printout" width="758" height="863" /></strong></strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Overridden (orange) Gradebook Cells]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/overridden-orange-gradebook-cells]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ec8956637a99787bd197eacd77acce5e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 17 Dec 2013 23:16:29 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#overridden">Overridden grades</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#student">Restore a grade for individual student</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#column">Restore grade for a whole grade column</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="overridden"></a>Overridden grades</strong></span></p>
<p>When cells in the <strong>eClass Grader Report</strong> change to orange, it indicates that grades have been overridden. This is perfectly normal and occurs whenever users edit an activity module column or calculated column (such as a category or course total) directly in the grader report. It is important to note that overriding a cell in a column will replace the automatically calculated value or the grade given in the activity. For example, if you graded an assignment in the Assignment grading interface, a grade override would override that grade.</p>
</div>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/overridden-grades-1.png" alt="" width="825" height="329" /></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">There are times when columns or cells become overridden inadvertently (e.g., if multiple users are saving entries in the gradebook at exactly the same time; if a student submits a quiz attempt while you are working in the <strong>Grader report</strong>; if your browser becomes focused on a total column cell when other changes are being saved, etc). Moodle.org released a number of fixes to this problem along with their gradebook overhaul in the summer of 2015 so these cases should occur infrequently.</p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><strong><strong>Nevertheless, if an entire category total or your course total column has an orange background, and if it is not something you have done deliberately, you should take note as this can prevent your grade totals from calculating correctly.</strong></strong></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="student"></a>Restore a grade for individual student</strong></span></p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">To restore the correctly calculated value or an activity score to one cell at a time:</p>
<ol>
<li>Make sure you have activated <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top-right corner of your course page.<br /><br /></li>
<li>
<p>Click on the gear icon to edit a specific grade:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/overridden-cell-fix.png" alt="" width="840" height="228" /></p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Uncheck 'Overridden', then click on <strong>Save changes</strong> at the bottom of the page: <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/overridden-cell-fix-2.png" alt="" width="798" height="399" /></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="column"></a>Restore grade for a whole grade column</strong></span></p>
<p>To restore the correctly calculated values for <strong>an entire column</strong>, you must use the <strong>Single view </strong>view of the gradebook:</p>
<ol>
<li>Enter <strong>Single view</strong> by either clicking on the <strong>Grader report</strong> drop-down and choosing 'Single view' or else click in on the <strong>pencil</strong> icon in the header row of the column in question:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/overridden-column-fix-1.png" alt="" width="664" height="442" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>If you use the drop-down, you must then choose the overridden column; using the <strong>pencil</strong> icon bypasses this step.<br /><br /></li>
<li>In the <strong>Single view</strong> for the column that is overridden, you will see checks in the overridden column. To remove these, click the <strong>Override none</strong> link in the <strong>Actions</strong> drop-down, then click <strong>Save.</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/singleViewOverrides.png" alt="" width="639" height="538" /></li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Grading Forums, Glossaries, and Databases Using Ratings]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/grading-forums-glossaries-and-databases-using-ratings]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9766527f2b5d3e95d4a733fcfb77bd7e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 26 Jun 2014 10:53:23 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Ratings can be useful for instructors who wish to track or grade forum posts, glossary entries, and database entries and link them directly to the course gradebook. They can also be used as a collaborative activity by allowing students to rate each other's posts anonymously.</span></p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#methods">Aggregation methods</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#setting">Setting up Ratings</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#whocan">Who can rate activities</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#restriction">Time/date restrictions</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><a id="methods"></a>Aggregation methods:</span></strong></span></p>
</div>
<p>Ratings for each individual student can be tallied (aggregated) in several ways:</p>
<ul>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Average of ratings <span style="font-weight: 400;"> - The mean of all ratings.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Count of ratings<span style="font-weight: 400;"> - The number of rated items becomes the final grade. Note that the total cannot exceed the maximum grade for the activity.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Maximum rating<span style="font-weight: 400;"> - The highest rating becomes the final grade.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Minimum rating<span style="font-weight: 400;"> - The lowest rating becomes the final grade.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;">Sum of ratings<span style="font-weight: 400;"> - All ratings are added together. Note that the total cannot exceed the maximum grade for the activity.</span></li>
</ul>
<p>The aggregation method will determine how students are scored (rated) on individual student posts, replies or entries. For example, you might select 'Maximum rating' if you wanted students to achieve a minimum standard and if they had a number of posts, replies or entries to try and achieve that standard. You could score (rate) them multiple times but they would only receive the highest score given.</p>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="setting"></a>Setting up Ratings:</strong></span></h4>
<p>1. In the 'Ratings' section of your activity's settings page, choose the required aggregation method in the 'Aggregate type' dropdown menu:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum_ratings.png" alt="" width="692" height="433" /> <br /><br /></p>
<p>2. The 'Scale' section gives a number of choices on how students’ posts, replies or entries will be rated. Because ratings are assigned from a drop-down menu, numeric ratings are limited to discrete intervals. If students will be assessed a whole number rating, you should set 'Scale' <em style="font-weight: 400;">Type</em> to <strong>Point</strong> and specify the desired maximum score. <br /><br />3. Otherwise, you should set 'Scale' <em style="font-weight: 400;">Type</em> to <strong style="font-weight: 400;">Scale</strong>. The following are some examples of commonly used scales:</p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Half Points</em> and <em>Quarter point</em> scales can be used to give posts fractional numeric ratings.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Pass/Fail</em> and <em>Complete / Non-Complete</em> can be used to give a student’s post a mark of either 0 or 1 but will be displayed as Pass, Fail, Complete, or Non-Complete.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">More details on other scales can be found by clicking on the </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Grades </b></span><span style="font-weight: 400;">tab </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">at the top of your course main page</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Then under the 'Grader report' drop-down, click on 'Scales'</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">. It is also possible to</span> <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/63/15/creating-and-using-custom-scales" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Create and Use Custom Scales</span></a>:</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum_scales.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><br />4. Choose a 'Scale' type:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum_ratings2.png" alt="" width="766 height=" 350="" /></p>
<p><br /><br />5. The <em style="font-weight: 400;">Like</em> scale can be used to rate forum posts, glossary entries and database entries by the number of likes, similar to ‘liking’ something on social media. The <em style="font-weight: 400;">Like</em> scale is unique because the only assignable grade is <em style="font-weight: 400;">Like</em> and is, therefore, most often used with the <em style="font-weight: 400;">Count of ratings</em> Aggregate type. Numerically, a <em style="font-weight: 400;">Like</em> is worth 1 mark.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-ratings-3.png" alt="" width="713" height="423" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="whocan"></a>Who can rate activities:</span></strong></p>
<p>Note that by default, only administrative roles in the course are allowed to rate forum posts, glossary entries and database entries. If you want to set your forum up so that students can 'Like' each other's posts, please follow the instructions in the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/176/13/allowing-students-to-rate-forum-posts" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-weight: 400;">Allowing Students to Rate Forum Posts</a>.<br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restriction"></a>Time/date restrictions:</span></strong></p>
<p>6. If you wish to add time restrictions to specify which ratings will be calculated, select the checkbox next to "Restrict ratings to items with dates in this range" and enter the desired range of dates.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum_ratings3.png" alt="" width="699" height="424" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>7. Click <strong>Save and return to course</strong>, or <strong>Save and display</strong>, at the bottom of the page when you are done.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Importing Text Columns to the Gradebook]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/importing-text-columns-to-the-gradebook]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d67d8ab4f4c10bf22aa353e27879133c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 21 Dec 2011 22:14:29 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The eClass Gradebook does not directly allow the import of textual information into standard gradebook columns. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">This article describes the workaround of importing the text into the </span><em style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Feedback</em><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> location for a column. Common uses for this would be to import grouping information, the incorrect or scored items from a TSQS spreadsheet, or other text that you have stored in an Excel spreadsheet in CSV format. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To import the text columns: </span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>First, create a column in your eClass gradebook to contain this information:<br /><br />
<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha;">
<li>Clicking on the <strong>Grades</strong> tap at the top of your course page:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="587" height="152" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click the <strong>Grader report</strong> dropdown and select <strong>Import</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/importing_grades_1a.png" alt="" width="404" height="598" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click 'Choose a file' and upload the CSV file with your feedback comments.<br /><br />Note: the file only needs to contain a column labelled 'CCID' and a column labelled 'Feedback'.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/importing_grades_1.png" alt="" width="601" height="617" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click <strong>Upload grades</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>At the <em>Import preview</em>, map the items from the file to your course gradebook following the instructions in the article - <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/31/0/importing-grades-into-the-grader-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Importing Grades into The Grader Report</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>After mapping the user-identifiers (usually CCID to CCID), map the text column for import to the <em>Feedbacks area for the correct column</em> (under the heading 'Feedbacks' in the dropdown menu).<br /><br /></li>
<li>In the 'Grade item mappings' area, match the text column on the left (the headers of columns from your imported file) to the Feedback for the grade column that you have just created. In the example below, "Feedback for Class presentation" is mapped to "Feedback for Class presentation".  <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade_mapping_comments.png" alt="" width="569" height="293" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Upload grades</strong>, then <strong>Continue</strong> to return to the <strong>Grader report</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"> </div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><strong>Notes:</strong>
<ul>
<li>The text you have uploaded will not appear directly in the cells of the <strong>Grader report</strong>. With <strong>Edit mode</strong> turned on, you can click on the gear icon in the <strong>Grader report</strong> in front of the individual comment you wish to view:</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade_mapping_view.png" width="307" height="262" alt="" /></p>
<p>You can also enter a grade here.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Controlling the Visibility of Your Gradebook]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/controlling-the-visibility-of-your-gradebook]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e56954b4f6347e897f954495eab16a88]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 26 Jan 2016 16:27:29 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>The Grades tool in eClass offers options to format the display of your gradebook to students and to control which grades are visible to students.</p>
<p><strong>Please note </strong>that some activities are graded automatically, e.g., Assignments and Quizzes. If an automatically-graded item is not set to be visible to students on the main course page, it will not be visible to students in the gradebook.</p>
<p>There are two alternatives for how you can control grade visibility:</p>
<ol>
<li>On the main <strong>Grader report</strong> view with editing turned on; or</li>
<li>in the <strong>Gradebook setup</strong> view.</li>
</ol>
<p>For verification of student grade visibility, the main <strong>Grader report</strong> view is recommended; for making changes to the course total aggregation and structural changes to the gradebook, the <strong>Gradebook setup</strong> view is recommended. This article contains screenshots demonstrating both methods.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#graderreport">Choose how to format the display of grades for students (Method 1 - Grader Report)</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#gradebooksetup">Choose how to format the display of grades for students (Method 2 - Gradebook setup)</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#students1">Choose which grades to display for students (Method 1 - Grader report)</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#students2">Choose which grades to display for students (Method 2 Gradebook setup)</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#verify">Verifying the student's grade view by checking their user report</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="graderreport"></a>C</strong></span><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>hoose how to format the display of grades for students (Method 1 - Grader Report)<br /></strong></span></p>
<p>1. Click on 1), the <strong>Grades</strong> tab near the top of your course main page, then 2), turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of the page:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-settings.png" alt="" width="756" height="477" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><br />2. To change the display format of a grade column, click the <strong>gear</strong> icon at the top of the column.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> if you do not see the 'eye' icons, click on the <strong>Gradebook setup </strong>drop-down, then on <strong>Preferences: Grader report</strong> and set the option <em>Show show/hide icons</em> to <strong>Yes.</strong></li>
<li>You can enter grade scores for students directly into the grader report with editing turned on by typing the value in the cell for a particular student's item and clicking <strong>Save changes</strong> at the bottom left. For automatically-graded items, manual grade entry will turn the cell orange and create a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/102/6/overridden-orange-gradebook-cells">grade override</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-settings-1.png" alt="" width="588" height="221" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. In the 'Edit grade item' settings page, click <strong>Show more...</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-settings-2.png" alt="" width="550" height="282" /></p>
<p><br />4. Set the 'Grade display type' option to one of the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Real - the actual score.</li>
<li>Percentage - the score converted to 100 total.</li>
<li>Letter - the score converted to percent then assigned the letter score based on the course letter boundaries. (For instructions on setting the course letter boundaries, see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/38/0/setting-letter-grade-boundaries" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Letter Grade Boundaries</a>.)</li>
<li>Combinations of these 3 with one first and any other in brackets</li>
<li>The default setting for Grade display type can be set for your entire gradebook in the <strong>Setup</strong> tab <strong>→</strong><strong> Course grade settings </strong>tab.</li>
</ul>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-settings-3.png" alt="" width="581" height="386" /></p>
<p> 5. For different ways of aggregating and calculating your grades, see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/152/0/calculating-your-course-total">Calculating Your Course Total</a>.</p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="gradebooksetup"></a>Choose how to format the display of grades for students (Method 2 - Gradebook setup)</strong></span></p>
<p>1. Click on 1), the <strong>Grades</strong> tab near the top of your course main page, then 2), turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of the page.</p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>Grader report</strong> dropdown, then on <strong>Gradebook setup</strong>:<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup.png" alt="" width="400" height="293" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. To change the display format (not the actual value) of a grade item or activity, click <strong>Edit → Edit settings </strong>in the Actions column for the row of that grade item.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-settings-4.png" alt="" width="600" height="246" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>4. Repeat steps 3-4 from Method 1 (at this point the location is the same).</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="students1"></a>Choose which grades to display for students (Method 1 - Grader report)</strong></span></p>
<p>1. Click on the<strong> gear</strong> icon on your course main page, then on <strong>Gradebook setup</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup.png" alt="" width="400" height="293" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>View</strong> tab, then on the <strong>Grader report</strong> tab. Click on <strong>Turn editing on</strong> near the top right. Note: Any column headers or grades that are written in grey writing are hidden from student view.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-settings.png" alt="" width="938" height="592" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. Any columns or cells that are visible to students will have an open 'eye' icon with no stroke through it. Columns and individual student items that are hidden from students have a crossed-out 'eye' icon. Clicking on the 'eye' icon acts as a toggle to show or hide grades and columns from students.</p>
<p>Note: Sometimes one or more students will not see their grades. Toggling the 'eye' icon will rest the whole column.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-setup-visibility.png" alt="" width="914" height="316" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>4. This method of checking student grade visibility can sometimes be more reliable than the second method. See the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/266/6/problems-with-grade-visibility---access-restrictions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Problems with Student Grade Visibility</a>.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="students2"></a>Choose which grades to display for students (Method 2 Gradebook setup)<br /></strong></span></p>
<p>1. Click on 1), the <strong>Grades</strong> tab near the top of your course main page, then 2), turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of the page.</p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>Grader report</strong> dropdown, then on <strong>Gradebook setup</strong>:</p>
<p>Note: Any greyed-out column headers or grades are hidden from student view.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup.png" alt="" width="400" height="293" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. To change the visibility of an item, click <strong>Edit &gt; Hide/Show</strong> in the actions column for that item<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-settings-5.png" alt="" width="600" height="383" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. A known issue exists that can cause grade visibility problems when editing and using this view. Please see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/266/6/problems-with-grade-visibility---categories-and-items-edits" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Problems with Student Grade Visibility</a>.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="verify"></a>Verifying the student's grade view by checking their user report</strong></span></p>
<p>1. 1. Click on 1), the <strong>Grades</strong> tab near the top of your course main page, then 2), turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of the page.</p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>Grader report</strong> drop-down, then on <strong>User report</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-setup-user-report_2a.png" alt="" width="471" height="368" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>3. Select a particular student from the 'Select a user' drop-down to view their scores.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-setup-user-report_2b.png" alt="" width="772" height="418" /></p>
<p>4. Note that greyed-out scores are not visible to the student.</p>
<p>5. You can select another student's report while in the <strong>User report</strong> view.</p>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-setup-user-report_2.png" alt="" width="782" height="383" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Group Submission in Assignments]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/group-submission-in-assignments]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[502e4a16930e414107ee22b6198c578f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 27 Nov 2015 14:50:43 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">If you wish to have your students submit their work in groups, the relevant settings are available in the </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Group submission settings </strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">area (and not in the </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Common module settings</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> area where most group and groupings setup is done in eClass).</span></p>
</div>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-1.png" alt="" width="808" height="533" /></p>
<ul>
<li>If you want your students to submit in groups, change 'Students submit in groups' to <strong>Yes</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>If you want students not in groups to make submissions, change the option for 'Require group to make submission' to <strong>No. </strong>This should generally not be changed as it prevents a known issue where student's submissions into the 'Default group' block all others from submitting.<br /><br /></li>
<li>If you want to receive only a single submission from the entire group, leave the option for 'Require all group members submit' set to <strong>No </strong>(which is the default setting and not editable unless the setting '<label id="yui_3_17_2_3_1448390495009_1659" for="id_submissiondrafts">Require students click submit button</label>' is set to <strong>Yes</strong>).<br /><br /></li>
<li>If you have a combined course or are using a number of different groups during the term in your course, you will need to specify a grouping to identify the specific set of groups to be applied for this assignment. For more information on creating groups and groupings, please see <a href="https://support.ctl.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/0/setting-up-groupings">Setting Up Groupings</a>. <strong>Note:</strong> if you do not correctly complete this step and have set 'Require all group members to submit' to <strong>No</strong>, the first student submission will get added to all the students <strong>and no one else will be able to submit</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>WARNING</strong></span>: <strong>Once submissions have been made, DO NOT alter the groups or groupings in any way.</strong> If groups or groupings need to be updated or changed, we recommend that you create new groups/groupings and re-deploy the assignment with the updated group settings. Failure to do so will result in lost student submission data and glitches with the assignment review.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Once groups submissions are made, when you are grading you have the option of providing a single grade to all group members at once:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-2.png" alt="" width="400" /></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Grading Students Using Only Letters]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/grading-students-using-only-letters]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[fb7b9ffa5462084c5f4e7e85a093e6d7]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 29 Jun 2018 13:45:03 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>There are a number of ways to use only letter grades in eClass courses. This article will recommend best practices and provide examples for some specific use cases. Because letter grading is a complicated area, users can also contact eClass support at 780-492-9372 for assistance getting this set up correctly.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#recommended">Recommended Practice</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#ranges">Letter Grade Ranges</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#displaying">Displaying Only Letter Grades to Students</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#direct">Direct entry of letter grades</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#individual">Providing Letter Scores for Individual Assessment Items</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="recommended"></a>Recommended Practice</strong></span></p>
<p>In general, students should always be assessed in eClass using numerical (point) grades for the sub-component grade items in a course. At the end of a course, the numerical course total will then be <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/152/15/calculating-your-course-total" target="_blank" rel="noopener">calculated by the eClass gradebook</a> and will be converted into a letter grade for submission to Beartracks and/or for display to students.</p>
<p>If numerical scoring is not possible due to departmental requirements about grading students using only letters (or personal preference), instructors should determine what numeric scores correspond to each letter score at the beginning of their course. Grade values and practices differ between faculties and departments - one example method has the numeric score for each letter is the midpoint of the range for that letter, e.g., the range for a B+ is between 85% and 90% so a student receives 87.5 for a B+ on a particular assignment. Another example method uses the 4-point GPA scale and gives students the corresponding floor value of each step out of four. The options available for instructors are (with details below):</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the ranges up to match their letter scoring system and give numeric scores in eClass.</li>
<li>After completing step 1, display all the numeric scores entered in the system as letters to students.</li>
<li>Replace (hide) the eClass gradebook-computed course total column with a manual item and specify the letters as computed by a departmentally provided scoring spreadsheet.</li>
<li>Optionally score all items submitted to eClass using only a letter scale (and perform any required computations of course totals outside eClass.)</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="ranges"></a>Letter Grade Ranges</strong></span></p>
<p>Each course contains a set of default letter grades. To access this, click on the <strong>Grades</strong> tab on top of your course page. Select<strong> Grade Letters</strong> located under the section <em>More</em> of the drop down menu. These Grade Letters are used to convert numeric scores to letter scores.</p>
<p></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced letters 000.png" alt="" width="400" /></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/letter_grades.png" alt="" width="475" height="706" /></p>
<p><strong>Please note that the default letter boundaries in eClass have been provided by the registrar but may not reflect any specific policies of faculties, departments, or programs. It is incumbent on instructors to review these boundaries before assigning letter grades to ensure they meet requirements and convert scores to their desired letter grades.</strong></p>
<p>The letter ranges can be verified and adjusted if necessary using the instructions in this article:<strong> </strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/38/0/displaying-numeric-grades-as-letters" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>Setting Letter Grade Boundaries.</strong></a></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="displaying"></a>Displaying Only Letter Grades to Students</strong></span></p>
<p>Once the boundaries have been verified, you may configure the gradebook so that all numeric scores are converted upon display so that students only ever see letter grades; Instructors will still see numeric scores when editing the gradebook. To display letter grades to students:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click on Grades tab from the top panel of your course page.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Course grade settings</strong> from under the <strong>Setup</strong> section of the drop down menu.</li>
<li>Under the 'Grade Item Settings' section, set the <strong>Grade display type</strong> drop down to 'Letter'.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced letters 00.png" alt="" width="350" /><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-letters-5.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p>You may also configure the grade display to show only the course total or else to show specific grade items. See the article <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/37/0/formatting-student-grade-display" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Formatting Student Grade Display</a></strong> for full details.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="direct"></a>Direct entry of letter grades</strong></span></p>
<p>eClass also provides the option of scoring particular assessment items using letter grades. <strong>Note that instructors should never use this method if they plan to use eClass to compute course final grades.</strong> This functionality could be used to display individual assessment item scores to students (while performing final grade calculations outside eClass;) or alternatively to use eClass to securely display to students their unofficial final letter scores which have been calculated outside the system.</p>
<p>If students’ final totals and final letter grades will be determined outside of eClass but you still want to score their individual assessment items on a letter scale inside eClass, start by hiding the automatically calculated course total from students:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Gradebook setup</strong> under the gear icon at the top right of a course.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-letters-0.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Edit &gt; Hide</strong> in the bottom row of the table beside Course total.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-letters-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="individual"></a>Providing Letter Scores for Individual Assessment Items</strong></span></p>
<p>To provide letter grade scores for particular grade items or activities in a course, use the 'Improved Letter Scale':</p>
<ul>
<li>Go to the activity and access the <strong>settings</strong> from the top tab</li>
<li>Scroll down to the Grade section and select <strong>Scale</strong> from the <strong>Type</strong> dropdown list</li>
<li>Select the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Improved Letter Grade Scale</span> from the dropdown list. You should be able to do this at any point until this activity has been graded; after which this option will not be available. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/letter_grade_scale.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /><strong>Please note that you can only make these changes directly from the gradebook (as shown below) if the grade item has been manually added to your gradebook.</strong><br />See this article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/235/15/adding-a-grade-item-in-the-gradebook">Adding Grade Items</a> for more information on manually adding Grade items. For all other activities, this setting has to be accessed directly from the activity's settings as shown above.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Go to the <strong>Grades</strong> tab and select <strong>Gradebook setup</strong> from the dropdown</li>
<li>Find the manually added activity that is denoted with a paper and pencil icon.</li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Edit</strong> dropdown on the right and then<strong> Edit settings</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-letters-2.png" alt="" width="700" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Change the <strong>Grade type</strong> to ‘Scale’.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Scale</strong> dropdown, select ‘Improved Letter Scale’.</li>
<li><strong>Save changes</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-letters-3.png" alt="" width="760" height="608" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Now when assigning grades for this item, instructors can select a letter grade from a dropdown:<img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-letters-4.png" alt="" width="599" height="502" /></li>
</ul>
<p><br />For full details on using this scale, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/48/0/using-the-improved-letter-grade-scale" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Improved Letter Scale.</a></p>
<p>To upload students' unofficial letter grades to eClass, instructors can add a manual grade item called 'Final Letter grades' and follow the same process to convert the grade type to the 'Improved Letter scale'.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Combining Multiple Comments into a Single Grade Item]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/combining-multiple-comments-into-a-single-grade-item]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[182be0c5cdcd5072bb1864cdee4d3d6e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 30 Nov 2011 21:43:30 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<p>The TSQS optical scoring data provided by IST may include a number of columns in addition to the raw score including the students' wrong answers and their actual responses.</p>
<p>eClass Moodle will only allow instructors to import one column as the 'Comments' associated with a single grade item so for many instructors, this means that they need to decide which information students get access to, and which they don’t. The instructions below will detail how to combine the contents of two cells in your spreadsheet data into one so that students can have access to both sets of information in the 'Comments' field for a column.</p>
<ol>
<li>First open your exam data spreadsheet in Excel. It will likely resemble the following:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiplecomments-1.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Add a new column to your spreadsheet, and designate a name for that column in row 1:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiplecomments-2.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Make note of which columns contain the information that you would like to make available for your students. In this example below, we wish to have both the 'Items Wrong' and 'Scored Responses' items available for students, so we make note of F:F (the column designation for 'Items Wrong') and G:G (the column designation for 'Scored Responses').<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiplecomments-4colour.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select (click on) the first empty cell in the column you just created (in row 2), and in the formula bar enter the following: <br /><br />="title1: " &amp;x1:x1 &amp;" ; "&amp; "title2: "&amp;y2:y2, where: <br /><br />
<ul>
<li>title1 is replaced with the title of the first column you identified as one to make available to students (so in our example, 'Items Wrong')</li>
<li>x1:x1 is replaced with Excel’s column designation that corresponds to your 'title1' column (so in our example, 'Items Wrong' corresponds to the column designation 'F:F')</li>
<li>title2 is replaced with the title of the second column you identified as one to make available to students (so in our example, 'Scored Responses')</li>
<li>y2:y2 is replaced with Excel’s column designation that corresponds to your 'title2' column (in our example, 'Scored Responses' corresponds to the column designation 'G:G')</li>
<li>Note: if you see no Formula Bar, you can create one by selecting 'Insert' and clicking on <strong>Function</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiplecomments-3enlarged.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br />After pressing Enter, you will see that the the contents from each specified column in row 2 have been combined into the cell you selected. In our example, the contents of cells F2 and G2 have been combined into the cell we had selected, E2, along with the additional descriptors we added to the formula (title1 and title 2).<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiplecomments-5expanded.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In a class of many students, you will not want to retype this formula for every student, so next we will copy the formula to the rest of our new column. To do this select (click on) the newly formatted cell, then hover over the bottom right corner of the cell until the cursor turns to a 'Plus' sign.</li>
<li>Next click down and drag the cursor down through all the cells in the column and release. The formula should be repeated for all the rows in the column.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multiplecomments-7.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Save the document - it is now ready to be imported into the Moodle gradebook. When you map your fields, you can now to choose to map the combined column as comments for the associated grade item. For more information on importing the grades into eClass Moodle, please view the following article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/31/0/importing-grades-into-the-grader-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Importing Grades into the Grader Report</a>.</li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Up Gradebook Categories]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-gradebook-categories]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a8f15eda80c50adb0e71943adc8015cf]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 16:53:23 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Gradebook categories are useful for organizing and grouping multiple course assessment items by type.  For example, if the course contains a midterm worth 30%, three lab assignments worth 30% overall and a final exam worth 40%, creating a category for the lab assignments will allow instructors to distribute and weigh grades accordingly as well as allow students to view grouped assessment items in the gradebook.</span></p>
</div>
<p>In addition, categories can be used to weight the grade items within the category differently from the course total calculation. This can be helpful in cases where you might want to drop the lowest grade or give bonus marks.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Basic assessment items should be added as automatically-graded  'Grade items' not 'Grade categories.'<strong> </strong>Using grade categories instead of grade items can cause problems in calculating grades.<strong><br /></strong></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#setup">Set up gradebook categories</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#move">Move Existing Activities to Categories</a></li>
<li>-  <a href="#indiv">Option A: Move individual items</a></li>
<li>-  <a href="#movemenu">Option B: Move multiple items by menu</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"></span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="setup"></a>Set up gradebook categories:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the 'Grader report' page by clicking on the <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of your course page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="587" height="152" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Grader repor</strong>t dropdown menu and click on <strong>Gradebook setup</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup.png" alt="" width="557" height="459" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on <strong>Add category</strong> at the top of the page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add%20a%20category.png" alt="add a category button" width="598" height="320" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>On the next screen, you need to enter the following required information:
<ul style="list-style-type: circle;">
<li>"Category Name" - Required name for your grade category. (E.g. "Lab Assignments")</li>
<li>"Aggregation" type - Select the aggregation method to determine how grades in this category will be combined (e.g., Mean of grades, Weighted mean, Simple weighted mean, Sum of grades).
<ul style="list-style-type: circle;">
<li>For a description of the different aggregation methods see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/152/0/calculating-your-course-total" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Calculating Your Course Total</a>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>"Exclude empty grades" - if you do not wish to include ungraded assignments in the grade calculation (e.g., different groups of students submit different assignments)</li>
<li> "Drop the lowest" - You may also decide that only the best grades are included. Set a number for the number of assignments to exclude from the grade calculation</li>
<li>"Grade type" - Choose from a <em>value </em>(numeric value), <em>scale</em> (item from the list that allows the options of quarter points, half points and discussion forum grading form) and <em>text</em> (feedback only).  </li>
<li>"Hidden" - Grades are hidden from students.</li>
<li>"Locked" - Prevents grades from being automatically updated by a related activity.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/category-total-a.png" alt="Image: Category settings" width="491" height="614" /><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Save changes </strong>button at the bottom.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Categories appear as folders in your list. Once you have created the necessary categories, you will need to move existing activities or create new activities in these categories.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/newCategory.png" alt="" width="676" height="322" /></li>
</ol>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="move"></a>Move Existing Activities to Categories:</span></strong></h4>
<p>There are a couple of ways to move existing activities into new categories:<br /><br /><strong><a id="indiv"></a>Option A)</strong> Using the move icon for each individual activity</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the move icon next to the activity.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/set-gb-category-1.png" alt="" width="655" height="261" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Dashed rectangular boxes will appear highlighting the slots in which the activity can be moved to.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/set-gb-category-2.png" alt="" width="630" height="459" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Continue to move any necessary activities.</li>
</ol>
<p><br /><strong><a id="movemenu"></a>Option B)</strong> more conveniently uses a the drop-down menu to move multiple activities:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the checkboxes next to the activities you want to move. <br /><br /></li>
<li>Scroll down to the bottom of the page and click on the <strong>Move selected items to</strong> on the dropdown menu.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Then, choose the category where you want to move the selected item(s):<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/bulkMoveGrades.png" alt="" width="654" height="293" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>If you later add new activities, you can select an existing grade category under the <strong>Grade</strong> setting of the activity.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Grade%20uncategorized.png" alt="uncategorized" width="432" height="185" /> <br /><br />Complete the remaining activity details as necessary and select <strong>Save and return to course</strong>. Your new activity should appear in the selected category when you return to the 'Gradebook setup' page. Continue to add any necessary activities and return to 'Gradebook setup' in the Gradebook.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Using the <strong>Add grade item</strong> at the bottom of the page will generate a column for grades in your gradebook, but no corresponding activity in your course. The <strong>Add grade item</strong> feature is commonly used for <strong>recording grades that are not taken via eClass, e.g. exams, presentations, or participation scores.</strong><br /><br /></li>
<li>To access the advanced options for aggregating categories (such as dropping the lowest mark), select <strong>Show more...</strong> under <em>Grade category</em> in the category's settings.</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Formatting Student Grade Display]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/formatting-student-grade-display]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a5bfc9e07964f8dddeb95fc584cd965d]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 19 Dec 2011 23:54:24 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>Instructors have several options for formatting the display of grades to students in eClass. Grade display can be set at either the course level (<em>i.e</em>., for all grades in the course) or on individual grade items.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#whole-course">Setting the grade display for the entire course</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#single-item">Setting the grade display for a single grade item</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#letter-formatting">Setting the course total to display letter grades</a><a title="Notes" href="#notes"></a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br /><a id="whole-course"></a>Setting the grade display for the entire course:</span></strong></p>
<p>To start choose a grade display:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of your course page:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="587" height="152" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Grader report</strong> dropdown, and select <strong>Course grade settings</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-course-grade-settings.png" alt="" width="378" height="466" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>On the <strong>Course grade settings</strong> page, click on the <strong>Grade item settings</strong> dropdown to choose the display format for all the items in the course:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade_display.png" alt="" width="547" height="433" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The available options are:
<ul>
<li>Real - the raw scores are displayed.</li>
<li>Percentage - the raw scores are converted to percents.</li>
<li>Letter - the raw scores are converted to letter values.</li>
<li>Any combination of three of these types with one in brackets, e.g., 'Real (percentage)'</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br /><a id="single-item"></a>Setting the grade display for a single grade item:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the <strong>Gradebook setup</strong> page:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-display-setup.png" width="341" height="464" alt="" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Beside any individual grade item, click on the <strong>Edit</strong> dropdown under 'Actions', then on <strong>Edit settings</strong>. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/formatStudentGrades.png" alt="" width="302" height="329" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Then in the specific 'Grade Item' edit screen, click <strong>Show more...</strong> option and set the <strong>Grade display type</strong> as required: <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade_item_display.png" alt="" width="426" height="570" /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><br /><a id="letter-formatting"></a>Setting the course total to display letter grades:</span></strong></p>
<p>Your department may have specific letter grade boundaries that differ from the default boundaries. If so,</p>
<ol>
<li>First, set the course letter grade boundaries following the instructions in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/38/15/setting-letter-grade-boundaries" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Letter Grade Boundaries</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Edit</strong> dropdown in the 'Actions' column beside the course title:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebokSetup4.png" alt="" width="681" height="439" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Show more...</strong> then select "Letter' to show only the letter grades, 'Letter (real)' to show the letter grades and the raw scores, or 'Letter (percentage)' to show the letter and the score as a percentage:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/course_letter_2.png" alt="" width="402" height="579" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Grade Items]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-grade-items]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[577ef1154f3240ad5b9b413aa7346a1e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 13 Mar 2015 14:10:12 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Whenever you add an automatic grade item such as a Quiz or Assignment Activity to your course and specify a grade in its settings, a grade column will appear in the gradebook.</span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">This article will explain how to manually add a grade item that is not tied to an Activity, for example, when you grade a Mid-term quiz outside eClass or assign a participation grade and want to use eClass to display the grades to students.</span></p>
</div>
<p>1. Go to your <strong>Grader report</strong> by clicking on the <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of your course page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="587" height="152" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>Grader report</strong> dropdown and then on <strong>Gradebook setup</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-grade-item-setup.png" alt="" width="423" height="573" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. Click on <strong>Add grade item</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-grade-item3.png" alt="" width="554" height="519" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>4. Enter a name and a value for your grade item. Then, click on <strong>Save changes</strong> when you are done. </p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"> <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-grade-item4.png" alt="" width="586" height="540" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>5. A new column containing your grade item will appear in your gradebook.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-grade-item5.png" alt="" width="698" height="460" style="font-size: 14.6667px;" /></p>
<p>6. To input grades manually, activate the <strong>Edit mode</strong> toggle in the top right of the course page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-grade-edit-mode.png" alt="go into edit mode" width="280" height="213" /></p>
<p><br />7. Enter the students' grades in the text entry boxes in the column. The 'Tab' key can be used to move to the next student.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add-grade-item6.png" alt="" width="764" height="577" /></p>
<p>8. When you are finished, click on <strong>Save changes</strong> at the bottom of the page.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Problems Grading Assignments]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/problems-grading-assignments]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[19ca14e7ea6328a42e0eb13d585e4c22]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Sat, 17 Dec 2011 01:43:45 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">Once a grade has been edited/overridden in the Grader report, eClass prevents instructors from changing grades from within the related activity.</span></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>If you have entered a grade override for an assignment via the grader report (as opposed to providing grades through the Assignment grading tools), you may have problems attaching files to student assignments or completing other grading activities. Your students may also be unable to view files you previously attached if you override their grades via the grader report. </p>
</div>
<p>For an overview of the differences between grading an assignment directly via the gradebook and assigning the grades within the assignment activity itself, check this article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/35/15/grading-student-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Student Assignments</a>.</p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#howtotell">How to tell whether a grade has been overridden</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#re-enable">Re-enable your ability to grade assignments</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="howtotell"></a>How to tell whether a grade has been overridden:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the<em> Grade administration</em> page by clicking on <strong>Grades</strong> in the course header, near the top of the page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="587" height="152" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you are on the <em>Grade administration</em> page, make sure you are in the<strong> Grader report</strong> tab, under the <strong>View</strong> tab. Look for the affected student - if the grade indicated for the assignment is contained within a peach-coloured cell, the grade has been overridden.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grading_override_1.png" alt="" width="841" height="356" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p>You can remove a grade override and re-enable your ability to upload a response file or complete other grading activities. But removing an override will restore the grade assigned in the Assignment activity. For example, if you originally gave a student 8/10, but then changed their grade to a 9/10 in the gradebook override, removing the override will revert the grade to 8/10. It is strongly recommended that if you do need to edit a student's grade, you do so within the Assignment grading area itself, rather than via the gradebook.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="re-enable"></a>Re-enable your ability to grade assignments:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the gradebook, click turn editing on by clicking <strong>Edit mode</strong>  in the top right corner of the page.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Once edit mode has been activated, click on the gear icon contained within the peach-coloured cell corresponding to the affected student.<br /><br /> <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grading_override_2.png" alt="" width="418" height="229" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In the 'Edit grade' page that opens, remove the checkmark from the 'Overridden' check box, then scroll to the bottom of the page, and click <strong>Save</strong>. <br /><br /> <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grading_override_3.png" alt="" width="497" height="312" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The student’s grade will no longer be in a peach-coloured cell, and the grade will have reverted back to the initial grade given to the student. The ability to upload response files or perform other grading activities in the Assignment activity should now also be restored. Keep in mind that you will also need to re-assign the updated grade from within the assignment activity.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grading_override_4.png" alt="" width="769" height="343" /></li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Filtering Your Gradebook by Groups]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/filtering-your-gradebook-by-groups]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[03c6b06952c750899bb03d998e631860]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 11 Sep 2015 11:54:26 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><br />If you have set up groups in your course, you might want to enable the option to filter different course administration pages by those groups. The most common use case for doing this is in the gradebook but this also works for the participants page, list of enrolled users, course reports, etc. If you have specified a group distribution on a particular activity, eg. forum, assignment, etc. in your course, the option to filter that particular activity already exists.</span></p>
</div>
<p>This filtering can be especially useful in the gradebooks of large courses that contain multiple sub-sections (where groups are automatically created and updated based on all the sub-sections). This allows different instructors or TAs to sort the gradebook depending on the sub-sections they are responsible for grading.</p>
<p>To enable this filter:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab on top your course main page. Expand the <strong>Groups</strong> section then from the <strong>Group mode</strong> dropdown box, select <strong>Visible groups</strong> (leaving the other settings unchanged).<br />Click on <strong>Save and display</strong><br /><br /><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-filter-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="419" /></strong><br /><br /></li>
<li>In your gradebook, you will now see a dropdown box allowing you to sort by groups.<br /><br /><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-filter-2.png" alt="" width="400" /></strong></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Example for Use:</strong></span></p>
<p>A scenario where this could be very useful in large multi-section courses is to automatically sort the optically scored exams into sub-sections for review or offline grading.</p>
<ol>
<li>First upload the spreadsheet provided by TSQS into your combined eClass course following these instructions: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/31/0/importing-grades-into-the-grader-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Importing Grades</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Once uploaded, you can view specific sections of grades by filtering the gradebook to a single one of the course sub-sections.<br /><br /></li>
<li>If you want to turn around and export just a subset of the gradebook to work offline, you can similarly filter the export page to include only a single sub-section.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-filter-3.png" alt="" width="500" height="362" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>This method could be used to divide a large TSQS spreadsheet into several smaller ones each representing a single sub-section.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Notes:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Whichever option you choose for <strong>Group mode</strong> will <strong>automatically be selected</strong> for any new activities you add for the course so you may want to consider turning on groups at the course level <strong>AFTER</strong> you have completed course construction if the bulk of your activities or resources do not need to be split into groups. This is also the reason we recommend <strong>Visible groups</strong> as this has slightly less effect in case you create a new activity and forget to adjust the group settings for it specifically.</li>
<li>Either <strong>Separate groups</strong> or <strong>Visible groups</strong> will add the filter option to your student lists. </li>
<li>The option to <strong>Force group mode</strong> should be set to <strong>No</strong> unless you are still constructing the course and know that you want activities to be split up into groups.</li>
<li>By default, the filter dropdowns will contain <strong>ALL</strong> the groups in your course - if you have a number of groups that you want to strip out of the gradebook filter, you can create a grouping of those required and specifying it in the <strong>Default grouping</strong> dropdown. This would also be the required process to display only the groups in a specific grouping on the course participants page, for example to only display the 'public' groups in a course. For more information, see the article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/0/setting-up-groupings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Up Groupings</a>.</li>
<li><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Important note: </span></strong><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;">both group mode options will allow students to see a filtered list of the groups in the course (all groups if the setting is Visible groups; only the groups they are enrolled in if Separate groups.)</span> <strong>This means that if instructors are also using a group to apply overrides for accommodations since the users could see other student's private information. </strong><span style="color: #000000;">Instructors should can prevent students from viewing the participants page if they need to BOTH filter their gradebook by groups AND are using a accommodations group for overrides.</span></span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Grading Assignments Using a Custom Marking Guide]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/grading-assignments-using-a-custom-marking-guide]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[149e9677a5989fd342ae44213df68868]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 03 Jul 2014 13:47:13 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Marking guides are one of the advanced grading methods available in the eClass assignment activity. Similar to rubrics, they allow you to set up a number of marking criteria for the assignment. But instead of selecting from fixed scoring levels on each criterion, instructors score students manually from the maximum score for each category. When marking assignments, instructors can also provide feedback for each category optionally using a pre-entered series of frequently used comments. eClass will automatically add the marks given for each of the marking criteria and provide students with a total mark and feedback for the assignment.</span></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#setting">Setting up a Marking Guide</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#grading">Grading using a Marking Guide</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="setting"></a>Setting up a Marking Guide:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In your Assignment settings, select <strong>Marking guide</strong> for the 'Grading method' in the 'Grading' settings.</li>
<li>Customize the rest of the assignment settings as desired.</li>
<li>See the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134/13/adding-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding assignments</a> for more detailed information.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save and Display.</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/marking-guide-1.png" alt="" width="523" height="514" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The first time you save an assignment with <strong>Marking guide</strong> as the grading method, a page will open so that you can 'Define a new grading form from scratch' or 'Create new grading form from a template':<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/marking-guide-2.png" alt="" width="598" height="289" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>If you wish to define the grading form later or make changes to it, you can access it by clicking on going to your assignment's <strong>Advanced grading</strong> tab.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/marking-guide-3.png" alt="" width="580" height="302" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>To configure your new marking guide you must first enter a name. The name is important if you want to re-use this marking guide in other assignments.</li>
<li>You can then begin customizing each criterion by specifying the content, description for students and/or markers and the maximum mark.</li>
<li>To enter text, click directly on the specific items in each criterion.</li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_mgCriterion.png" alt="" width="577" height="607" /><br /><br /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: you can enter multiple lines of text along with the grade for the criteria in the <strong>Descriptions</strong> simply by pressing Enter at the end of each line, for example:
<ul>
<li>0 - Submission is not coherent</li>
<li>2 - Response produces an adequate argumentative structure</li>
<li>5 - The argument is well-structured and persuasive</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">10. You may also wish to add snippets of text to be used as <strong>Frequently used comments</strong> for quickly adding common feedback items to student assignments.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">11. Click the checkboxes to enable <strong>Show guide definition to students</strong> and <strong>Show marks per criterion to students</strong> if you wish to display the marking guide breakdown to students with all the descriptions and marks awarded for each criterion.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_mgComments.png" alt="" width="670" height="521" /><br /><br /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">12. Finally, click <strong>Save marking guide and make it ready</strong>.</p>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="grading"></a>Grading using a Marking Guide:</span></strong></h4>
<ol>
<li>Once students have submitted their assignments, access the assignment grading table as usual by entering the assignment and clicking <strong>View all submissions</strong>. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_mgViewSubmissions.png" alt="" width="637" height="270" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the corresponding <strong>Grade</strong> button next to the student's submission.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_forumGrade.png" alt="" width="609" height="80" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The marking guide will automatically be displayed on the grading page. Use the marking guide to grade student assignments and add feedback.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_mgGrading.png" alt="" width="392" height="407" /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_mgGrading1.png" alt="" width="380" height="322" /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_mgGrading2.png" alt="" width="653" height="351" /><br /><br />4. Selecting the <strong>Insert frequently used comment</strong> button for a criterion will display a pop-up from which you can select the comment to append.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_mgInsertComment.png" alt="" width="315" height="364" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">5. Remember to save changes.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Rating Forum Posts]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/rating-forum-posts]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7e7757b1e12abcb736ab9a754ffb617a]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 26 Jun 2014 11:20:05 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">There are multiple methods that allow an instructor to grade forum posts. <br />One option is whole forum grading, where instructors can see all of their course participant's posts within a forum and give it a grade that is reflected in the gradebook, be it based on a direct mark or scale, or using a rubric or marking guide (see this article for instructions - </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/393/15/whole-forum-grading" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Whole Forum Grading</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">). <br />Another option for grading forums is by using forum ratings, which allow instructors to rate (grade) forum posts as a tool for assessment which will be reflected in the gradebook.</span></p>
</div>
<p>Forum ratings can be customized with a specific aggregation method and custom scale (see this article for instructions - <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/165/13/setting-up-forum-ratings-grading-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Forums, Glossaries and Databases Using Ratings</a>). <br />By default, instructors and TAs with gradebook privileges will be able to rate, edit, and view the aggregated forum totals for each post.</p>
<p>It is possible to give students additional privileges to rate forum posts as a collaborative activity with control over whether or not they can see each posts total aggregated score and/or who has provided what ratings - <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/176/13/allowing-students-to-rate-forum-posts-peer-review" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Allowing Students to Rate Forum Posts (Peer review)</a>. <br />So while whole forum grading is best for instructors who want to look at a course participant's posts and give it a direct grade, or to mark using grading methods like marking guides or rubrics, forum ratings are best for if you want to mark it based on a certain aggregation method, such as the average of all ratings of a student's posts in a forum over the course duration, or if you want to students to rate each other's posts. <br /><!--This requires additional setup, provided in the following article: .--></p>
<h4><strong>Rating Forum Posts</strong></h4>
<ol style="padding-left: 30px;">
<li>After setting up the Forum Ratings, at the bottom of each post (and reply) in a forum, instructors and TAs will see a <em>Rate</em> dropdown menu with their chosen aggregation method and scale. Select the desired value from the dropdown to rate the forum post. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-rate-1.png" alt="" width="657" height="359" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you specify a rating, the page should refresh to reflect the addition of your rating to the aggregation. This will be visible immediately to the left of the rating dropdown in the form of 2 numbers: the first number displays the aggregated rating and the second number enclosed in the brackets indicates how many people have rated the post (ie. the number of ratings used in the aggregation). For example, 3(1) means that the forum post scored a 3 based on one rating. Note that students do not see the aggregated score or count for ratings. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-rate-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="267" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once a forum has been rated, clicking the two numbers will show the instructor a summary of which other instructors or TAs have provided ratings and their score. This summary view can be useful in collaborative situations when students have been given rating capabilities.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-rate-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="188" /></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Navigating within forums to facilitate grading in forums:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If you ever need to return quickly to the main forum page listing all topics, click <strong>Forum</strong>.</li>
<li>You can navigate to the previous or next post in a forum by clicking the topic title and arrows at the top and bottom of the current post and replies.</li>
</ol>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-navigation-1.png" alt="" width="992" height="523" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Toggling the Gradebook Display Options]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/toggling-the-gradebook-display-options]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[01161aaa0b6d1345dd8fe4e481144d84]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 18 Mar 2015 13:41:03 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>In the gradebook, you can toggle the display between showing all grades and totals, total only, and grades only.</p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">To toggle between displays, click the plus-sign, minus-sign or box icon beside the course or category names. Clicking each icon will change the format to Full view, Aggregates only, or Grades only as shown below.</span></p>
</div>
<ol>
<li>
<p>The default display is <strong>Full view</strong>, which displays both the grade items and course total.</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>Some users inadvertently click the minus-sign and then appear to be missing either the course total or all of their individual grade items.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-display.png" alt="" width="1356" height="585" /></p>
</li>
<li>
<p> The <strong>'</strong><strong>Aggregates only' view</strong> displays only the course total and the totals of any categories in your gradebook.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-display2.png" alt="" width="575" height="459" /></p>
</li>
<li>
<p>The <strong>'Grades only' view</strong> only displays the grade items.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-display3.png" alt="" width="965" height="521" /></p>
</li>
</ol>
<p>If you are unable to find certain grade columns within your Gradebook, you may need to toggle between these views. </p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Whole Forum Grading]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/whole-forum-grading]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[70c639df5e30bdee440e4cdf599fec2b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 07 Feb 2020 11:03:39 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
Instructors can grade students on the entirety of their posts in a forum by setting up whole forum grading in the forum. When activated, whole forum grading allows for an instructor to view students' history of posts on a forum, and mark it via a numeri...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p>
<p>Instructors can grade students on the entirety of their posts in a forum by setting up whole forum grading in the forum. When activated, whole forum grading allows for an instructor to view students' history of posts on a forum, and mark it via a numerical point grade or a grading scale, as well as using grading methods such as marking guides and rubrics.</p>
<p>This process is different from being able to grade forum posts by enabling ratings which could be selected instead of whole forum grading to grade students based on an average of ratings; or if you want students to be able to rate other people's forum posts. For more information on those options, see  <a title="Rating Forum Posts" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/166/15/rating-forum-posts"><span class="kbtitlemain">Rating Forum Posts</span></a> and <span class="kbtitlemain"><a title="Grading Forums, Glossaries, and Databases Using Ratings" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/165/13/setting-up-forum-ratings-grading-forums">Grading Forums, Glossaries, and Databases Using Ratings</a>. Whole forum grading allows you to grade a forum in a similar way that you would grade an assignment.<br /><br /></span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#setup">Setting up Whole Forum Grading</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#grading">Grading Forums</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="setup"></a>Setting up Whole Forum Grading</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li>If you want to ensure that students aren't posting on the forum after a due date, under the "Availability" section of the section, set the <em>Due date</em> (which is the date that it will display in the calendar that it is due, though students will be able to post after this date) and the <em>Cut-off date</em> (which will prevent students from posting after that date and time) to the dates and times that they'll have to stop posting (<strong>Optional</strong>). <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading_1.png" alt="The Due Date and Cut-Off Date forms under the Availability Header, pointing to their &quot;Enable&quot; checkboxes, with text saying &quot;make sure these, meaning the checkboxes, are enabled&quot;." width="990" height="136" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In the "Whole forum grading" section of your forum's settings, under <em>Type</em>, choose <strong>Point</strong> and set a maximum grade if you want to grade students by a whole number rating, or <strong>Scale</strong> if you wish to use a scale (see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/63/15/creating-and-using-custom-scales"><span class="kbtitlemain">Creating and Using Custom Scales</span></a> and <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/48/0/using-the-improved-letter-grade-scale">Using the Improved Letter Grade Scale</a> for information on using scales).<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading_2.png" alt="The Grade section under the whole forum grading header, with an arrow pointing to the Type dropdown menu, with text saying &quot;Choose Point or Scale&quot;." width="743" height="185" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Set other options for the forum in the "Whole forum grading" section.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Grading method</em>: Allows you to specify 'Simple direct grading' or grading via the two advanced methods: <strong>Rubric</strong> or <strong>Marking guide </strong>(see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/64/38/using-rubrics-to-grade-assignments"><span class="kbtitlemain">Using Rubrics to Grade Assignments</span></a> and <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/170/15/grading-assignments-using-a-custom-marking-guide">Grading Assignments Using a Custom Marking Guide</a> for more information on using these grading methods).</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Grade category</em>: Allows you to choose which category it will be assigned to in the gradebook.</span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em>Grade to pass</em>: Determines the minimum required grade to pass. The value is used in activity or course completion, and in the gradebook, where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red (<strong>Optional</strong>).</span></li>
<li><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Default setting for "Notify</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"><em> students"</em>: Determines if the checkmark that, if checked on, will notify students when their grade is submitted/changed is automatically checked on. If set to "no", then you would have to check on "Notify students" on your own when you are marking if you want to send a student a notification of their grade.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading3.png" alt="An illustration of the whole forum grading options mentioned above." width="885" height="413" /><br /></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="grading"></a>Grading Forums</strong></span></p>
<p>Once your students have posted and it is time to grade:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go into your forum and click on <strong>Grade users </strong>to access the whole forum grader:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading4.png" alt="Showing the forum page, with an arrow pointing to Grade users, which you click on to access the grader. " width="2147" height="673" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You will then be taken to the whole forum grader. Here, you will be able to see every student's post in chronological order, from the first post that they posted to the last post. If a post is a reply to someone else's, then you will also have the option to see the parent post (the post that the user is replying to) as well as the whole discussion. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading_5.png" alt="The forum post reader of the &quot;Grade users&quot; section of a forum, with arrows pointing to View parent post and View discussion." width="1472" height="964" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>To the right you will be able to see the student panel, which can be toggled with the buttons left of the <strong>Save </strong>button on the top-right of the page. <br />Here, you can enter in a grade (or enter in marking guide or rubric marks if you set up either of those grading methods). Once you grade a student, you can click the <strong>Save </strong>button on the top-right of the page or click the scroll arrow to the next student, and that lets you save the student's mark.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading_6.png" alt="An overview of the student panel, with arrows pointing to where you toggle the panel on and off, where you add the grade, where you scroll to the next student, and where you search for the next student." width="522" height="466" /><br /><br />If you have set up a rubric or marking guide, that would also show up on the student panel, and you will be able to grade based on the rubric or marking guide. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading7.png" alt="A rubric displayed on a student panel of a whole forum grading page." width="419" height="967" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>If you click on the magnifying glass icon near the top-right of the student panel, then you get the option to search for users. You can also see a list of all of your students and click on them from there, as another way to navigate through students. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading8.png" alt="The search function of the student panel, that shows where you can search by student by name, as well as a list of all of the students in a class. " width="442" height="718" /><br /><br /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Note</span></strong>: If you try to go to another student by clicking on the search icon represented by a magnifying glass and go to another student, then any unsaved grade of the current student you were marking will not save. Please use the <strong>Save </strong>button or click to go to the next student to save.<br /><br /></li>
<li>When done grading, click the <strong>Close </strong>button on the top-right of the whole forum grader, and you will be taken back to the main forum page. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading9.png" alt="Pointing out where the Close button is in the whole forum grader." width="456" height="117" /></li>
<li>Students will immediately be able to see their grades in the gradebook and within the forum itself:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/whole-forum-grade-stu-view.png" alt="" width="850" height="365" /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes</strong></span></p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/255/22/eclass-known-issues" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>Known Issues:</strong></a></p>
<ul>
<li>When accessing Whole Forum Grading, the interface spins and loads and/or gives a JSON error when accessing a non-student. This may be caused by special characters (including dashes, tab-characters, etc) in the subject of the post.</li>
<li>Unfortunately, you cannot use both an advanced grading method, such as a rubric or a marking grade, and a scale at the same time with whole forum grading. Otherwise, the grades will not save. You can only choose one, either a scale with no rubric OR marking guide, OR a rubric OR marking guide but no scale.</li>
<li>If you click on the three vertical dots at the very top-right of the forum grader page, you can toggle fullscreen to provide a larger working area, which can be toggled back by clicking the toggle again or pressing the escape key on your keyboard.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/WholeForumGrading10.png" alt="Pointing out where to toggle fullscreen at the top-right of the whole forum grader." width="467" height="114" /></li>
<li>The grading interface will show entries for all the users in a course - not just students. The other users can be ignored when grading.</li>
<li>Grade columns created for these activities will be titled "Whole forum grade for [forum name]". Existing gradebook columns from forum using ratings will be renamed "Ratings grade for [forum name]."</li>
<li>There is no mechanism to hide grades from students while assessing them apart from hiding the whole forum (hiding the grade column DOES NOT hide the student's ability to view their grade and feedback within the forum.</li>
<li>Even if you have a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups#using-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">group mode</a> such as "Separate groups" or "Visible groups" set up, you cannot grade people in a forum based on group. All students in your course show up on the Whole Forum Grading interface. If you need to have it separated by group, you will either have to create a forum for each group using <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">access restrictions</a>, or just look for each of your group members manually.</li>
</ul>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Downloading Assignment Submissions]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/downloading-assignment-submissions]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cfa0860e83a4c3a763a7e62d825349f7]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 27 Nov 2015 14:57:19 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 11pt;">If an eClass assignment has been set up to receive file submissions, instructors can either </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/35/15/grading-student-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 11pt;">grade files online (using either the inline marking tools, the assignments grading table)</a><span style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 11pt;"> or download the files for grading. Once downloaded, files can be scored offline and the scores added back into eClass with the option of providing feedback directly in the offline files and then uploading them back in bulk.</span></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p> </p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#settings">Settings and Basics</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#single-student">Downloading Single Files</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#bulk-downloads">Bulk Downloads</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#selecting-multiple">Selecting Multiple Files to Download</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#restoring-multiple">Uploading Multiple Assignment Feedback Files</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Settings and Basics</span></strong></p>
<p>Before beginning, confirm that that files submissions are enabled in an assignment under 'Submission types' by ensuring that <strong>File Submissions</strong> is checked:</p>
</div>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-3.png" alt="" width="665" height="257" /></p>
<p>Once student submissions have been made, the online grading workflows are accessed through the <strong>Grade </strong>option below the assignment submissions summary; the bulk download options are available under <strong>View all submissions</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-3b.png" alt="" width="774" height="388" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="single-student"></a>Downloading A Single Student's Files</strong></span></p>
<p>Within the online grader, there are links to download the files from a specific submission. This can be useful if there is a problem with a specific file preventing it from being converted for online markup:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-3c.png" alt="" width="750" height="418" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><strong><a id="bulk-downloads"></a>Bulk Downloads</strong></strong></span></p>
<p>For bulk downloads on the student submissions table (under <strong>View all submission</strong>), select <strong>Download all submissions</strong>:<strong><strong><br /><br /><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-4.png" alt="" width="743" height="337" /></strong></strong></strong></p>
<p><strong><strong>Before downloading multiple Assignment submissions</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, decide whether you want to download the submissions as files or folders and select that option below the table under 'Options':</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-3a.png" alt="" width="775" height="228" /></p>
<p>This setting will become your user default setting for assignment downloads. For either option you select, each file or folder will be renamed to uniquely identify each student.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you uncheck the option to “Download submissions in folders,” each submission will be a file renamed to match the identity of each student.</span></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you leave the option to “Download submissions in folders” checked, each submission will be zipped in a folder named to match the identity of each student. To identify the zipped items as folders, an underscore is suffixed to each folder name.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This action will produce a .zip file, which when uncompressed or extracted will create a folder containing all the student submissions. T</span><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">he assignment files are named via the following convention: group name if selected, student name, random assignment ID-name, original file name.) The folder is named with the course name, the assignment name, and a unique ID. </span></strong></p>
<p><strong><strong>This naming convention cannot be changed if you intend to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/260/15/uploading-multiple-assignment-feedback-files-at-once" target="_blank" rel="noopener">upload these files back into each students file feedback</a> area in the eClass assignment. </strong></strong>If you are planning to do this, it is recommended to have your students submit their assignments in a common format that you can annotate such as an MS Word document or a PDF. Then, when you extract the .zip file containing all the submissions, you can edit these documents directly in the same folder. </p>
<p>When you have decompressed or extracted the zipped assignments, you may start grading and annotating them but<strong> please note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Do not rename any of the files;</li>
<li>If you downloaded the files in folders, annotate the files within the folder;</li>
<li>Do not move the files from the folders, and do not rename the folders.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><strong><a id="selecting-multiple"></a>Selecting Multiple Files for Download</strong></strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>It is also possible to download only selected student's submissions: place a check to the left of their name and choose <strong>Download selected student submissions</strong> from the dropdown <strong>below</strong> the table and click <strong>Go</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-4a.png" alt="" width="730" height="438" /></li>
</ul>
<p><br /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="restoring-multiple"></a>Uploading Multiple Assignment Feedback Files</strong></span></p>
<p>When you have finished marking up assignment, you can <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/260/15/uploading-multiple-assignment-feedback-files-at-once" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="upload to the Assignment submissions page"><strong>upload to the Assignment submissions page</strong></a>.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Problems with Grade Visibility - Access restrictions]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/problems-with-grade-visibility---access-restrictions]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[eda80a3d5b344bc40f3bc04f65b7a357]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 03 Feb 2016 14:23:12 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 11pt;">Certain access restrictions can prevent grades from being visible to students even if their grades have been released to students. These restrictions can include</span></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<ul style="list-style-type: disc;">
<li><span>when an access restriction has been applied in an activity's settings and hidden from student visibility;</span></li>
<li><span>when a grade column in the grader report is hidden in the 'Grader report';</span></li>
<li><span>when an individual student's grade is hidden in the 'Grader report.'</span></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#activitysettings">Access restrictions in activity settings</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#reportsettings">Access restrictions in 'Grader report' settings</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><strong><a id="activitysettings"></a>Access restrictions in activity settings</strong></p>
<p>Students will not be able to see their grades when an <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/0/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">access restriction has been applied</a> and when you have also clicked the 'eye' icon to hide the item entirely from student view:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-problems-ar-1a.png" alt="" width="895" height="239" /></p>
<p>On the main eClass course page, these items are shown to instructors as hidden from students with a notification of the restriction condition. </p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-problems-ar-1.png" alt="" width="597" height="297" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>Even with the restrictions, this <strong>Assignment</strong> activity and its grades will not be hidden from instructors and will seem as if it should be visible to students in the 'Grader report' view:</p>
<p></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-problems-ar-2.png" alt="" width="515" height="325" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>Note that the <strong>Group assignment</strong> in this example is hidden from view. We will <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/267/6/#reportsettings">discuss this setting below</a>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Assignment</strong> grades will also appear as if they should be as visible to students as they are in the instructor's view of a 'User report' for a particular student:</p>
<p></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-problems-ar-3.png" alt="" width="742" height="398" /></p>
<p>If you <strong>Switch role to... '</strong>Student' from the drop-down menu at the top right of your course, or by <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/79/13/using-the-demostudent-block-to-test-the-student-experience" target="_blank" rel="noopener">using the DemoStudent view</a>, you will see that the <strong>Assignment</strong> is hidden from students as shown here:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-visibility-problems-ar-4.png" alt="" width="682" height="361" /></p>
<p>When the grade is hidden with an access restriction, you can make the hidden item visible in the student's grade view simply by clicking on the 'eye' icon in the access restriction to remove the stroke through it.</p>
<p><strong><a id="reportsettings"></a>Access restrictions in 'Grader report' settings<br /></strong></p>
<p>As above, the example of the <strong>Group assignment</strong> shows an entire column of grades has been hidden. These grades can be revealed simply by clicking on the 'eye' icon at the head of the column.</p>
<p>It will sometimes happen that only one or a few students will not be able to see their grades. You may be able to reveal all grades simply by toggling the 'eye' icon to hide, then reveal grades again.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Annotating Assignment Submissions]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/annotating-assignment-submissions]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7a614fd06c325499f1680b9896beedeb]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 09 Jun 2016 15:36:11 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Instructors can annotate student submissions directly online without needing to download them. This grading mechanism can be used in conjunction with any or all of the other options for providing feedback on assignments. This tool supports common submission formats including .pdf, .docx, and .odt. Online text submissions can also be annotated. Annotated files are returned to students in .pdf form. To use this feature:</span></p>
</div>
<ul>
<li>Click on the Assignment on your course page</li>
<li>Click on <strong>View all submissions</strong></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Grade</strong> button</li>
<li>At the bottom right of the page, adjust the view so that you can see the student's submission.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/annotation_view.png" alt="" width="350" height="220" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>These buttons will display different views of a PDF of the student's submission and a series of annotation tools along the top to provide text, graphical, and icon feedback directly onto the PDF. These tools do not have any customization options. Instructors can use the 2 icons to rotate student submissions that are uploaded in the wrong orientation.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/annotation_editor.png" alt="" width="750" height="527" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once finished annotating and grading a student's submission, <strong>Save changes</strong> at the bottom of the page.</li>
<li>Once saved, students can view your annotated PDF through their assignment submission page and can download or view it online.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/pdf-annotate-4.png" alt="" width="600" height="519" /></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Distributing Multiple Quiz or Assignment Versions to Students]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/distributing-multiple-quiz-or-assignment-versions-to-students]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3c7781a36bcd6cf08c11a970fbe0e2a6]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Sun, 05 Apr 2020 11:13:32 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>In addition to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/360/45/security-features-for-delivering-eclass-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">shuffling questions and multiple-choice</a> choice orders as academic integrity mechanisms, instructors can distribute multiple versions of eClass quizzes or assignments to students.</p>
<p>Once multiple versions of an assignment or quiz have been created, these can be selectively restricted to groups in the course. The example below demonstrates how to create random groups for the different exam versions and set up the access restrictions for each version.</p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#create-groups">Create random groups</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#create-quizzes">Create your assignments or quizzes</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#restrictions">Set up access restrictions</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p> </p>
<h3><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="create-groups"></a>Create random <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">groups</a>:</span></strong></h3>
<p><em>In this example, students are randomly allocated to groups. It would work equally well to use existing groups in a course, for example, the automatically created groups for different sections within a combined course (eg. LEC B1, LEC B2, etc.)</em></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab at the top of your course page:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-01.png" alt="" width="697" height="201" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Enrolled users</strong> dropdown and select  <strong>Groups</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-02.png" alt="" width="427" height="433" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Auto-create groups</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-03.png" alt="" width="528" height="623" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Choose options to 'Auto-create based on' <strong>Number of groups</strong> then enter the required number of groups:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-04.png" alt="" width="500" height="528" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>In the <strong>Grouping</strong> settings at the bottom of the settings page, create a 'Grouping name':<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-04a.png" alt="" width="585" height="239" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Submit</strong> to display the number of groups specified:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-05.png" alt="" width="506" height="460" /></li>
</ol>
<p>  </p>
<h3><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="create-quizzes"></a>Create your <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134/13/adding-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">assignments</a> or <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/150/13/adding-quizzes" target="_blank" rel="noopener">quizzes</a>:</span></strong></h3>
<p><em>In this example, the alternate versions of a quiz are already created. It is important to name each version of the assessment clearly to avoid confusion and to organize things correctly in the gradebook:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><em><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-06.png" alt="" width="491" height="413" /></em></p>
<p> </p>
<h3><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrictions"></a>Set up <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">access restrictions</a>:</span></strong></h3>
<p>1. Click on the 3-dot dropdown menu and select <strong>Edit settings</strong> to access the quiz or assignment settings</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-07.png" alt="" width="734" height="285" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>2. Scroll to the bottom of the settings page and open the 'Restrict access<em>'</em> category:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-08.png" alt="" width="452" height="287" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>3. Restrict access to each item according to the specific group that should have access:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-09.png" alt="" width="443" height="636" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>4. Click <strong>Add restriction...</strong> to set the restriction:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-10.png" alt="" width="625" height="368" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>5. If the eye icon was not clicked, your students should see the group restrictions:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/multi-vers-distrib-11.png" alt="" width="735" height="177" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Note</strong></span>: After you have completed the setup, verify that your <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/153/0/setting-up-your-gradebook" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Gradebook</a> setup</strong> accurately reflects your requirements (<em>i.e.</em>, weightings, etc).</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Anonymous Submissions (Blind Marking) in Assignments]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/anonymous-submissions-blind-marking-in-assignments]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5878a7ab84fb43402106c575658472fa]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 26 Jun 2014 15:02:40 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: 11pt;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Anonymous submissions, or blind marking, allow instructors to mark assignments without knowing which student they are marking. Anonymous submissions are a practical way to ensure that personal biases have a minimal impact on students' grades.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">In order for submissions to remain anonymous, students must be instructed to use their student IDs on their assignment documents and not their names.</span></strong></p>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#enable">To enable anonymous submissions</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#grade">To grade assignments using anonymous submissions</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#reveal">To release grade to students using anonymous submissions</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="enable"></a>To enable anonymous submissions:</strong></span></h4>
<ol>
<li>Turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right corner of your class page</li>
<li>Click on the 3-dot dropdown to the right of the assignment and select 'Edit settings'</li>
<li>In your Assignment settings, scroll down to the 'Grade' option and select <strong>Yes </strong>for the 'Anonymous submissions' option. </li>
<li>Save your changes and return to the main course page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/blind_marking_1b.png" alt="" width="578" height="488" /></li>
</ol>
<h4><strong><a id="grade"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To grade assignments using anonymous submissions:</span></strong></h4>
<ol>
<li>Click on the assignment and select <strong>View all submissions</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_mgViewSubmissions.png" alt="" width="710" height="324" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The "Identifier" column in the Gradebook now displays random numbers in place of student names:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/blind_marking_3.png" alt="" width="660" height="369" /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a id="reveal"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To release grade to students using anonymous submissions:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the assignment's '<span style="text-decoration: underline;">Grading summary</span>' page, click on <strong>View all submissions</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign_mgViewSubmissions.png" alt="" width="710" height="324" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>At the top left of the page, from the 'Grading action' drop-down menu, select <strong>Reveal student identities</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/blind_marking_5.png" alt="" width="410" height="350" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>To confirm that you want to reveal student identities and release student grades to the gradebook, click on <strong>Continue</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/blind_marking_6.png" alt="" width="408" height="247" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The "Identifier" column in the Gradebook now displays student names in place of random numbers:</li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/blind_marking_7.png" title="blind_marking_7.png" width="421" height="456" alt="" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Splitting up Grading of Assignments in Large Sections]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/splitting-up-grading-of-assignments-in-large-sections]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[36660e59856b4de58a219bcf4e27eba3]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 27 Nov 2015 15:08:04 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>Instructors and course coordinators who enable the 'Marking workflow' for opens up the option to assign specific grading tasks to any of the other the graders in the course (including themselves).<br /> </p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#assign-markers">Assigning Markers to grade assignments</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#view-markers">Viewing assigned graders</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#hide-grader-identity">Hiding the identity of graders from students</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-weight: 400;">
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="assign-markers"></a>To split up grading of assignments:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Turn on 'Marker allocation' under the 'Grade' section in your assignment settings. <strong>Note:</strong> <strong>Y</strong><strong>ou cannot turn on 'Marker allocation' until the 'Marking workflow' is turned on.</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-15.png" alt="" width="754" height="429" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>This adds a column to the assignment grading table ('View/grade all assignments') called <strong>Marker</strong>. The marker for a one or more particular assignment(s) can be specified directly from this dropdown:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-16.png" alt="" width="866" height="461" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You are also able to bulk assign markers. First select the students by checking the box at the left of their row, then from the 'With selected...' area at the bottom of the page, choose <strong>Set allocated marker</strong> and then <strong>Go:</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-17.png" alt="" width="832" height="298" /></li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Then confirm the assignment of the marker for the selected students by clicking <strong>Save changes:</strong><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-18.png" alt="" width="701" height="362" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="view-markers"></a>Viewing Assigned Graders</strong></span></p>
<p>Once grading is underway, it is possible to filter the assignment grading table to view the progress of individual graders or review their grades.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-19.png" alt="" width="764" height="382" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>You can similarly further filter the table for assignments given a particular status of the grading workflow.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/advanced-assign-20.png" alt="" width="841" height="457" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="hide-grader-identity"></a>Hiding grader identity from students:</strong></span></p>
<p>If you are working a large class and want all students to contact a specific instructor or a central email with questions surrounding grading, it is possible to hide the grader identity from students: <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/large-ass-8.png" alt="" width="539" height="517" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Grade Offset and Multiplicator in Quiz Activities]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-grade-offset-and-multiplicator-in-quiz-activities]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[dc6a6489640ca02b0d42dabeb8e46bb7]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 11 Mar 2021 14:59:24 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>An instructor may need to adjust scores globally on a quiz by adding or subtracting points or scaling the scores without having to enter mass gradebook overrides to student scores.</p>
<p>eClass can do this by any combination of adjusting the '<strong>Offset</strong>' and/or '<strong>Multiplicator</strong>' values within the grade item for the quiz in the gradebook.</p>
<p>(<strong>Note: </strong>this procedure is not the same as adjusting the scores on specific questions when, for example, a wrong answer to a specific question was set as the correct answer or else was not scored correctly. Refer to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/113/15/quizzes---editing-and-regrading-submitted-quiz-attempts" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Editing and Regrading Quiz Attempts</a> for direction on how to adjust the grade on a specific quiz question).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Multiplicator</span></strong>: The factor by which all grades for the grade item will be multiplied. For example, to add 2% to every quiz attempt, add a Multiplicator of 1.02.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Offset</strong></span>: A number that is added to every grade for this grade item, <strong>after</strong> the multiplicator is applied.</p>
<p>If you wish only to add 2 marks to every quiz attempt, set a Multiplicator of 1.0 and an offset of 2.0.</p>
<p>In another scenario, if you set a quiz where students are given the choice of answering two essay questions out of three topics and</p>
<ul>
<li>the quiz is worth 10 marks;</li>
<li>the three answers are worth five marks each;</li>
<li>students must provide only two of three answers; </li>
</ul>
<p>you could set a multiplicator of 1.5 to give them the full value of the grade out of ten. In other words, you would be dividing the number of marks of all the questions by the total grade (15/10 = 1.5).</p>
<p>The grade that the student will see will equal <span>(grade the student scored * multiplicator) + offset.</span></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: the adjustment is made in the gradebook grade item setting, as below, and not in the quiz settings.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>To adjust these settings</strong></span>:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to your course's <strong>Grades</strong> tab then go to <strong>Gradebook setup:</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/mult-offset-1.png" alt="" width="528" height="190" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Locate a <em>Quiz activity</em> and click <strong>Edit settings</strong> under the Edit link at the right:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/usingoffset.2021-3.png" alt="" width="1076" height="172" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on <strong>Show more. </strong>Enter your 'Offset' and/or 'Multiplicator' values. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/usingoffset.2021-1.png" alt="" width="901" height="361" /><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/usingoffset.2021-2.png" alt="" width="748" height="483" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Save changes</strong> to register the change.</li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Creating and Using Custom Scales]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/creating-and-using-custom-scales]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[03afdbd66e7929b125f8597834fa83a4]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 18 Oct 2012 15:55:17 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[- NA -]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><em></em><span style="color: #000000;">By default, eClass has some grading scales already available for use in student grading. These include the standard numeric scales (can be out of any number of points, up to 100, with 1 point intervals), and several others such as ‘Quarter points (10 total)’, ‘Half points (50 total)’, letter scales, etc. If a scale doesn’t exist to serve your purposes, you can create a custom one for use in your course.</span></span></p>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#create">Create a custom grading scale</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#important">Important considerations</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#normalized">Normalized aggregation method</a></li>
<li> - <a href="#sum">Sum aggregation method</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br /><br />
<p><strong><a id="create"></a>Create a custom grading scale:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the<em> Grade administration</em> page by clicking on the <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of the course page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar00.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Grader report</strong> dropdown list, go to the <strong>More</strong> section and select <strong>Scales</strong> <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-scales00.png" alt="" width="650" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>That will take you to the <strong>Scales</strong> page. Click on<strong> Add a new scale</strong> button located right beside the scales dropdown list.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-scales-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="382" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Name the new scale using a descriptive title that will allow you to identify it among other scales (eg. “Quarter points (3 total)”).<br /><br /></li>
<li>In the Scale area, enter in the desired scale items, in ascending order of value, separated by commas. <strong>If you intend on using this scale for use with a rubric, ensure that you start with 0 as your first value.</strong><br /><br /></li>
<li>When done, click the “Save changes” button. The new scale will then become available for use within activities where grading is permitted.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-scales-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="382" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a id="important"></a>Important considerations:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A scale can only be edited if it has not yet been used. Once a scale has been used in an activity, only the scale name and description will be available for editing.</li>
<li>eClass calculates the score obtained on a scale as a percentage, based on either the number of non-zero scale entries or total number of scale entries (depending on the aggregation method used) and the position of the “scored” value in the scale.<br /><br />For example, consider the following scale: <br /><br />0.00, 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 1.75, 2.00, 2.25, 2.50, 2.75, 3.00 <br /><br />This scale contains 13 items, with 12 of those being non-zero values.<br /><br />
<ul>
<li><strong><a id="normalized"></a>When using a <span style="text-decoration: underline;">normalized aggregation</span> method (ie. anything other than “Sum of grades”), the percentage score is based on the number of <span style="text-decoration: underline;">non-zero</span> scale entries. </strong> <br /><br />As an example, let’s suppose a student scored 1.75/3.00 according to the scale. eClass will internally convert this scale such that it instead is “out of 12”, because there are 12 non-zero values included in the scale. Then, because the value 1.75 is in the 7th position on the internalized non-zero scale, “7” becomes the student’s score, out of 12.  <br /><br />From this:  7/12 = 58.33333 %<br />                1.75/3.00 =58.33333 %<br /><br />Hence, when using a normalized course aggregation method, when your scales use numeric values, the final scores are what you would expect.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong><a id="sum"></a>When using the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">sum aggregation</span> method, the percentage score is based on the <span style="text-decoration: underline;">total number</span> of scale entries.</strong> <br /><br />In this case, if a student scored 1.75/3.00, eClass internally converts the scale such that it is “out of 13” because there are a total of 13 values included in the scale (the zero is included). Then, because 1.75 is in the 8th position when all values all considered, “8” becomes the student’s score, out of 13.<br /><br />From this:   8/13 = 61.53846 %<br />                 1.75/3.00 = 58.33333 %<br /><br />Hence, when using the sum of grades course aggregation method, the final score would NOT be what you would expect. If you need to use the sum of grades aggregation method, it is recommended that you DO NOT include “0” as your minimum scale value.  For example, if you were to use the quarter points scale, with a total of 3, you would instead configure your scale as: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 1.75, 2.00, 2.25, 2.50, 2.75, 3.00 (“No grade could instead serve as the “0”). Note however that <strong>a scale configured this way will NOT be compatible for use with a rubric</strong>.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Exporting CR/NC Grades to BearTracks]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/exporting-crnc-grades-to-beartracks]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7eacb532570ff6858afd2723755ff790]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 30 Mar 2020 11:37:14 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article describes how instructors can export Credit and Non-credit grades from eClass in a format that can be uploaded directly into Bear Tracks and displayed in their course. The process replaces the course letter grade boundaries with custom entrie...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article describes how instructors can export Credit and Non-credit grades from eClass in a format that can be uploaded directly into Bear Tracks and displayed in their course. The process replaces the course letter grade boundaries with custom entries and once complete makes it possible to also display existing numeric assessment scores as CR or NC. It is recommended that instructors do not provide CR/NC scores for individual assessment items across the term <em>unless they plan to replace the calculated course total with a manually entered score of CR or NC. </em>The process described below will take the final calculated numeric score students achieve for their work and convert that to a CR or NC score when exporting. It is also possible to replace the calculated course total column with a manual column and select CR or NC as the scores - see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/423/1/displaying-grades-as-credit-or-no-credit-scores" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Displaying Grades as CR / NC Scores</a>.</p>
<p>Instructors should ensure they review any academic guidelines they have received from the Registrar's office or their specific Faculty or Department before submitting their grades to Bear Tracks. Also please note that starting in <strong>December 2022</strong>, Bear Tracks will no longer accept excel files when uploading grades. Instructors must export eClass grades using the Beat Tracks format (as shown below) or as plain text .csv files. <strong>Gradebooks exported as excel files will not upload into Bear Tracks. </strong>Instructors should also ensure to save files as .csv (as opposed to the native excel formats (.xlx or .xlxs) if they are using Excel on their local machine to store or adjust grades files.</p>
<p>To create a Bear Tracks formatted gradebook export containing CR/NC scores:</p>
<p>1. Access the gradebook, then the <strong>Letters</strong> tab, and click <strong>Edit letters</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/findlettersclickedit.png" alt="Select &quot;letters&quot; from grades dropdown" width="710" height="549" /></p>
<p>2. Check beside <strong>Override site defaults</strong>, then replace the top two Grade letters with CR and NC, placing the credit percentage boundary to the right of CR and ) to the right of NC. Delete all the other letters and boundaries from the list then save changes at the bottom:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/editgradeletters.png" alt="Editing on the grade letters page" width="662" height="338" /></p>
<p>3. Now when exporting your grades in Bear Tracks format, students above the entered threshold will receive <strong>CR</strong> as their final letter grade and those below will have <strong>NC </strong>as in the following spreadsheet:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/covid-ass-5.png" alt="" width="850" height="268" /></p>
<p>Once the letters and grade boundaries have been replaced with CR and NC, any existing numeric grade scores can be set to display as Credit or No Credit with numeric values mapping to the specified threshold. To do this, access either <strong>Grade </strong>&gt; <strong>Setup</strong> and choose <strong>Edit settings</strong> from the 'Edit' dropdown in the Actions column; <strong>or</strong> click on the gear icon at the top of a column in <strong>Grade </strong>&gt; <strong>View</strong> with editing turned on. Then in the settings for the grade item, click <strong>Show more...</strong> and 'Grade display type' to <strong>Letter</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradesettingsletters.png" alt="Setting a grade to display &quot;letters&quot; in grade item settings" width="705" height="249" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Editing Existing Grade Items]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/editing-existing-grade-items]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[01386bd6d8e091c2ab4c7c7de644d37b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 29 Nov 2017 14:19:58 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">This article describes how to make edits to existing manual grade items, specifically the </span>required option to specify whether to rescale existing grades<strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> </strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">when editing the maximum grade for an item after grades for students have already been entered. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">This situation can commonly occur when the maximum grade needs to be changed after you have imported a column of grades from a spreadsheet where a new column was created on import.</span></p>
</div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To access the grade item editing screen:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <strong>Grades</strong> from the top menu bar on your course page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="641" height="166" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select the menu item located below and then <strong>Gradebook setup</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup.png" alt="" width="350" height="410" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Edit</strong> then <strong>Edit settings</strong> in the row of the grade item you need to edit.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-rescale-1.png" alt="" width="700" height="475" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Or, if you are already inside the gradebook in the <strong>Grader report</strong> menu, toggle on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right and then click on the<strong> gear</strong> icon in the top row of the column you need to edit.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-rescale-2.png" alt="" width="700" height="522" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><a id="edit-grade-item-sshot"></a>Once you are on the grade item editing screen, <strong>if no student grades have been entered</strong>, the screen will be easily editable just as if you were adding a new grade item (see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/235/34/adding-grade-items" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Grade Items</a> for more information).<br /><br />If student grades have already been entered, the screen will appear differently, alerting you to that fact. At this time you are also prevented from changing the 'Grade type' and from editing the 'Maximum grade' until the 'Rescale existing grades' dropdown is specified.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-rescale-3.png" alt="" width="700" height="504" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>To determine whether to rescale or not, all that is required is to know whether the existing student grades have been scored <strong>as if</strong> <strong>the maximum grade was already correct</strong>, ie. if you were entering scores as if the total was 50 but the grade item had the default maximum grade of 100 specified. Selecting <strong>No</strong> will result in no changes to the student scores - so that they will remain the correct raw score for the new maximum grade <strong>(this is the most common use case and should be the selection in most cases). </strong><br /><br />Selecting <strong>Yes</strong> will convert the scores to so that their original percentage is retained, rescaling them to be out of the new maximum grade - this would only be required if you had initially scored an item out of 100 and wanted to convert the item <strong>and all scores</strong> to be out of a different total.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-rescale-4.png" alt="" width="700" height="544" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong> that grade settings changes for built-in eClass activities (such as quizzes or assignment) must be changed in the activity itself rather than through the gradebook.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="duplicating"></a>Duplicating a manual grade item:</span></strong></p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/235/15/adding-a-grade-item-in-the-gradebook" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Manual grade items</a> can be duplicated via their 'Edit' menu in the gradebook setup . Grades aren't copied, only settings, including weight (if applicable).</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/duplicategrade.png" alt="duplicate manual grade item" width="857" height="212" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Customizing the Student View of the Gradebook]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/customizing-the-student-view-of-the-gradebook]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[819f46e52c25763a55cc642422644317]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 03 Aug 2017 11:04:58 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are a number of additional columns and settings which can be used to modify <strong>what students see</strong> when they look at their grades. The student view of the grade book can be viewed under </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">User report</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> in the gradebook</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#access">To access the User report</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#modify">To modify the User report</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><br /><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
</div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="access"></a>To access the User report:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Grades</strong> from the top menu bar<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="447" height="508" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select the menu option shown below and then <strong>User report</strong>.<br /><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/userReport2.png" width="585" height="337" alt="" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select a user from the drop down menu to see the Student's view of the gradebook.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/userReport.png" alt="" width="937" height="466" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="modify"></a>To modify the User report:</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select the menu item as seen below and then <strong>Course grade settings</strong> . <br />You can modify the last category of settings which corresponds to the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">User report</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Do not forget to click <strong>Save changes</strong> once you are done.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Note:</strong> Students can only view their own grades in the gradebook and will never be able to see other students’ grades.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/userReportSettings.png" alt="" width="607" height="366" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/userReportSettings2.png" alt="" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The default settings for the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">User report</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> reflect the most commonly used settings for university level courses. Depending on your department or faculty’s regulations, revealing some of these fields to students may be inappropriate in a university level setting. For example, displaying a student’s rank and the average grade in a small class could help students to infer information about classmates’ grades.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are some settings which can help to communicate to students how their course total grade is calculated and provide other useful information:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Show percentage</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Column for the percentage grade received.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Show grades</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Column for the raw score received.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Show feedback</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Column for feedback comments associated with a grade.<br /></span><strong>Show weightings</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Column for the relative weight of each grade item. Note that this setting will exclude the weights of empty grade items if your aggregation is setup to exclude empty grade items.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Show Average</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Column for the class average on a grade item.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Show ranges</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Column for displaying the minimum and maximum attainable raw scores.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Additional (less commonly utilized) customization options are as follows:<br /></span></p>
<ul>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Show rank</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Column for rank relative to the rest of the class.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Show letter grades</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Column for the letter grade equivalent of a student’s score according to the course’s <a href="https://support.ctl.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/38/15/setting-letter-grade-boundaries" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Letter Grade Boundaries</a>. </span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Show contribution to course total</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Column of percentages corresponding to the percentage a student’s score on any given grade item contributes to their final mark. The sum of these values is the student’s current course total percentage.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Range decimal points</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - How many decimal points should be displayed in the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Range</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> column.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Show hidden items</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Sets the behavior and visibility of hidden grade items.</span></li>
<li style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Hide totals if they contain hidden items</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - This setting is used to prevent student confusion when grade items in a category are hidden. By default, any category containing hidden items will also hide the category total. If this setting is changed, it can be configured to show either the grade total including the hidden items or the grade total excluding the hidden items.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/userReportExample.png" alt="" width="1062" height="541" /></span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Blocking Student Access to Your Course During Exams]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/blocking-student-access-to-your-course-during-exams]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[57aeee35c98205091e18d1140e9f38cf]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 05 Feb 2015 13:59:18 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><br />
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">An effective way of preventing students from accessing course material during exams is disabling access to your course by changing the course availability on eClass. You may want to preemptively notify your students of the course closure as some students may try accessing your course in the minutes leading up to the exam - especially if information relevant to the exam such as seating arrangements is stored on eClass.</span></p>
</div>
<p>To change these settings: </p>
<ol>
<li>On your course main page, click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Course Settings Tab.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You will be taken to the <em>Edit course settings</em> page. In the <em>General</em> category from the dropdown menu for <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Visible</strong>, select <strong>Hide</strong> to hide the course from the students' view.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/block-student-access-to-course.png" alt="" width="700" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you are done click on <strong>Save changes</strong> at the bottom of the page.<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p>The course will now be unavailable to students. To re-enable student access after your exam, simply follow the same steps and adjust the value to <strong>Show</strong>.</p>
<p>If you have a multi-section course and want the course content to be hidden only for certain sections at a time, contact <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eclass@ualberta.ca</a> and we can show you another (more complicated) method of doing this.</p>
<div><strong>NOTE: </strong>Blocking students from a course will remove it from their list of courses in eClass temporarily. It is recommended to inform students of this when restricting access to the course to avoid confusion.</div>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Displaying Grades as CR / NC Scores]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/displaying-grades-as-cr--nc-scores]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[faa9afea49ef2ff029a833cccc778fd0]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 02 Apr 2020 22:09:39 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[This article describes how instructors can display the Bear Tracks grade codes for Credit, No credit, and Incomplete (CR, NC, and IN) to students in their gradebook. This process uses a custom scale on a grade item to allow these grade codes to be display...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This article describes how instructors can display the Bear Tracks grade codes for Credit, No credit, and Incomplete (CR, NC, and IN) to students in their gradebook. This process uses a custom scale on a grade item to allow these grade codes to be displayed. </p>
<p>A common use for this scale is to replace the calculated numeric course total in a gradebook with credit or no credit letter codes if required. <strong>Please note: </strong>the grade codes created and displayed using this process cannot be exported to Bear Tracks - if that is required please consult <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/419/15/exporting-crnc-grades-to-beartracks" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Exporting Credit / No credit grades to Bear Tracks</a>.</p>
<p>To create a custom final grade column and display scores as CR or NC:</p>
<p>Add a new grade item in the gradebook by selecting <strong>Grades</strong> from your course header, then  <strong>Setup</strong> &gt; <strong>Add grade item</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/navigategradebooksetup.png" alt="Navigating to gradebook setup from the course page" width="517" height="431" /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/addgradeitem.png" alt="The &quot;Add grade item&quot; button" width="619" height="382" /></p>
<p>Enter an <strong>Item name</strong>, choose 'Scale' in <strong>Grade type</strong>, and select 'Credit / No Credit / Incomplete' in the <strong>Scale</strong> dropdown:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/newgradeitemcrnc.png" alt="Enter options when adding a new grade item" width="531" height="496" /></p>
<p>With the Credit / Non-credit / Incomplete scale set as the grade method, any of these letter indicators can be selected from a dropdown box on the grader report <strong>View</strong> with <strong>Edit mode</strong> activated on near the top right:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/activateeditmode.gif" alt="Activate edit mode" width="178" height="73" /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/selectscore.png" alt="with editing mode enabled, select scores from the dropdowns on grader report" width="730" height="404" /></p>
<p>If using this column to replace the standard, calculated course total column, that column should be hidden by clicking the eyeball at the top of the column. Hidden columns are indicated by a crossed out eyeball (editing on) and with titles greyed out (editing off).</p>
<p>The Credit / No Credit / Incomplete can also be used to provide those scores on individual assessment items, either manually created items as per the example above or items automatically created in the gradebook via an activity like a forum or assignment. To set this scale as the grading method for an assignment, access 'Grade' section of the assignment settings and select 'Scale' in the <strong>Type</strong> dropdown, then for <strong>Scale</strong> choose 'Credit / No Credit / Incomplete':</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/crncgrade.png" alt="" width="612" height="149" /></p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>if grades have already been entered for an assessment, the grade type cannot be changed - instructors can consult <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/419/15/exporting-crnc-grades-to-beartracks" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Exporting Credit / No credit grades to Bear Tracks</a> to automatically convert their numeric (point) scores to CR or NC.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Awarding Extra Credit with Bonus Grade Items]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/awarding-extra-credit-with-bonus-grade-items]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[53c3bce66e43be4f209556518c2fcb54]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 28 Mar 2017 16:20:37 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
</div>
<p>Some aggregation methods in the eClass gradebook allow instructors to give bonus marks for certain grade items. The aggregation methods that allow this are <em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Simple weighted mean of grades </span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">and </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Natural</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">. These two aggregations can be used to replicate most of the other aggregate types if you want to use extra credit grade items but are currently using a different aggregation type.<br /></span></p>
<p>Extra credit grade items make it possible for a student to score over 100% for a grade category.</p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To configure grade items:</span></strong></div>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Grades</strong> from the top menu bar on your course page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="594" height="681" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>From the drop down menu as seen below, select <strong>Gradebook setup</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/gradebook-setup.png" alt="" width="423" height="496" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">For the grade item that you wish to make worth extra credit, go to </span><strong>Edit </strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">→ </span><strong>Edit settings</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/extraCreditNavigation.png" alt="" width="865" height="617" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Extra credit items for 'Simple weighted mean of grades' and 'Natural' Aggregations (Recommended)<br /></span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By selecting the checkbox </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Extra credit</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">, under </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Parent category</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">, a student’s score for that grade item will contribute towards their total grade but the maximum grade for that item will not contribute to the maximum grade for the category or course total.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/extraCreditCheckbox.png" alt="" width="600" height="515" /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Example</span></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> - Simple weighted mean of grades</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Grade items: Assignment 1 out of 100, Assignment 2 out of 80, Assignment 3 out of 10 and marked extra credit<br />Total points: 180 (A1 total + A2 total)<br />Category Maximum: 100 points<br />Grades: Assignment 1 = 70/100, Assignment 2 = 20/80, Assignment 3 = 10/10</span><br />Category Total Calculation: ((70/100) + (20/80)+ (10/10))/180=(70 + 20 + 10)/180 = 100/180 = 55.56%<br />Course Total will be displayed as: 55.56 (Range: 0-100)</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">When using the Natural aggregation method, the weight of an extra credit grade item can still be modified as if it were a regular grade item but any adjustments to weight will be ignored since it is extra credit (there will be no impact to the weights of regular grade items). The weights of all regular (non-extra credit) grade items will still sum to 100.</span></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Extra Credit Items for the 'Mean of grades (with extra credits)' Aggregation (<span style="color: #ff0000; text-decoration: underline;">not to be used</span>)<br /></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This aggregation method is <span style="text-decoration: underline;">not to be used</span>. As described by Moodle HQ, this method is "An old, now unsupported, aggregation strategy provided here only for backward compatibility with old activities."</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more information on this aggregation method, please see the following link for further support. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://docs.moodle.org/310/en/Grade_aggregation#Mean_of_grades_.28with_extra_credits.29">https://docs.moodle.org/310/en/Grade_aggregation#Mean_of_grades_.28with_extra_credits.29</a> </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">More information on these aggregation methods can be found in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/152/15/calculating-your-course-total" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Calculating Your Course Total</a>.<br /></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">The + icon in the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Gradebook setup</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> view of the gradebook is a visual indicator that a grade item is set to extra credit.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/extraCreditPlusMinusIcon.png" alt="" width="1011" height="632" /></span></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Calculate per-Grader Assignment Averages in Large Sections]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/calculate-per-grader-assignment-averages-in-large-sections]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9c838d2e45b2ad1094d42f4ef36764f6]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 06 Feb 2017 09:50:25 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">In large courses where multiple TAs mark a single assignment, it can be useful to see a per-grader average to compare how different graders have graded students. This article will walk through setting up a course to view per-grader averages and suggest a couple of best practices for setting up assignments with multiple markers in mind.</span></p>
</div>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#initial">Initial setup</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#course">Course setup</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#assignment">Assignment setup (optional)</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#splitting">Splitting assignment grading by group</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#viewing">Viewing per-grader averages</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="initial"></a>Initial setup</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">First, you will need to <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/13/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">set up groups</a></strong> of students in your course. Each group is representative of the group of students that one marker is responsible for grading. <br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If these groups will be different for each assignment, you will need to create a unique set of groups for each assignment. <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/14/setting-up-groupings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting up a Grouping</a></strong> for each assignment can be helpful when grading assignment submissions. Be sure to use unique and descriptive group names: e.g., Assignment 1 Group 1, Assignment 1 Group 2, Assignment 1 Group 3, Assignment 2 Group 1, Assignment 2 Group 2, etc.<br /><br /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="course"></a>Course setup</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Setting a course-level group mode is required to see the per-grader averages for assignments. To set a course-level group mode, click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab on your course main page, </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> then scroll down to the </span><strong>Groups</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> area of the settings and change </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Group mode</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Visible groups</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-filter-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="419" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="assignment"></a>Assignment setup (optional)</span></strong></p>
<p><em>Note: If students are to submit in groups, the assignment should be <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/258/33/group-submission-in-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="Group submission in assignments">configured for group submission</a>.</em></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are two ways to configure an assignment which can help markers keep track of which students they are responsible for grading.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The easiest way is to enable a group mode for the assignment. To set an assignment’s group mode, click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab on your assignment page, then under</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><strong>Common module settings</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, change Group mode to </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Visible groups</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> then <strong>Save</strong> at the bottom of the page. This area is also where you can specify a grouping if you will have varying marker allocations throughout the course.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/PGAassignmentSettings.png" alt="" width="600" height="267" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It is also possible to </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">explicitly </span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">allocate specific markers to a specific set of students using </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">marker allocation</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> but this is not a prerequisite for viewing per-grader averages. For more details on marker allocation, please see <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/262/15/splitting-up-grading-of-assignments-in-large-sections" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Splitting up Grading of Assignments in Large Sections</a></strong>.<br /></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="splitting"></a>Splitting assignment grading by group</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After completing the steps outlined above, each grader will have the ability to filter assignment submissions by Group. To do so, click on <strong>View All Submissions</strong> in the assignment that is being graded. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /><br /></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/PGAassignmentSettings01.png" alt="" width="605" height="631" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then select a group from the <em>Visible Groups</em> drop-down at the top of the page. This can help graders keep track of which students they are assigned to grade.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/PGAselectGroup.png" alt="" width="600" height="448" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For an overview of using the assignment grading table, please see <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/35/15/grading-student-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Student Assignments</a></strong>.<br /><br /></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="viewing"></a>Viewing per-grader averages</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Per-grader averages can be viewed from within the gradebook which is accessed by clicking on <strong>Grades</strong> tab at the top of the page.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grades-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Similarly to assignments, the gradebook can be filtered by group. To do so, select a group from the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Visible groups</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> drop-down.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/PGAgradebookGroups.png" alt="" width="600" height="460" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After selecting a group, both the </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Overall average</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Group average</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> are displayed at the bottom of the Grader report. In large courses, these averages can be used to determine the relative difficulty of each grader. Accordingly, manual adjustments can be made to balance out students’ grades.</span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Grade Calculations]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/grade-calculations]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e46de7e1bcaaced9a54f1e9d0d2f800d]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 24 Feb 2020 15:49:58 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>In the eClass gradebook, as an alternative to using the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/152/0/calculating-your-course-total" target="_blank" rel="noopener">built-in mechanisms to calculate a course total</a>, instructors can use formulas to compute grades, using  other grade items as variables if desired. <strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Note that<strong> this feature is usually never required and is not recommended for most course total or category calculations.</strong></span> </strong>The entry of grade calculations uses a similar syntax and functions as what is available in common spreadsheet applications so in some scenarios this can be very useful to have in a course (see the <a href="#example-calculations">example calculations below</a>). </p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #000000;">Important note: </span></strong><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;">when rolling courses forward, calculated columns will show an error until new grade item IDs are added.</span></span><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;"> <span style="color: #ff0000;">These issues MUST be repaired to avoid poor course and site performance. </span></span></span></strong><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;">P</span></span>lease see the <a href="#notes">notes section</a> below for more information and instructions for repairing this.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#enable">Enable Calculations </a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#create-calculation">Set up Calculations</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#build-calculations">Constructing Calculations</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#example-calculations">Example Calculations</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#notes">Additional Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="enable"></a></span><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Enable Calculations:</strong></span></p>
<p>Before adding any grade calculations, in 'Gradebook Setup', under <em>Preferences: Grader report</em>, <em>Show calculations</em> to 'Yes'. This step is required -- if it is not enabled, you will not see 'Edit calculation' as an option for any grade items. This action only needs to be done once per user and will remain in place across courses.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-calc-2.png" alt="" width="561" height="425" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="create-calculation"></a>To set up grade calculations</strong>:</span></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <em>Gradebook setup</em></li>
<li>Find a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/235/15/adding-a-grade-item-in-the-gradebook" target="_blank" rel="noopener">manual grade item</a> or grade category in the list and click <strong>Edit</strong> and then <strong>Edit calculation</strong>. (Calculations cannot be applied to grades derived from course activities like quizzes or assignments.)<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-calc-1.png" alt="" width="998" height="665" /><br /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"></span></strong><br /><br /></li>
<li>The most common use of a custom calculation is to manipulate an existing grade in some way. Existing grades can be used in calculations by assigning them <strong>ID numbers</strong> on the bottom half of the page. Existing IDs will appear to the right of each grades category or item. To add IDs, enter a unique identifier into the box shown next to the grade item or category then click <strong>Add ID numbers</strong> at the bottom of the page. The page will save and refresh showing the newly assigned ID numbers that can now be use in a grade calculation.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-calc-4.png" alt="" width="596" height="555" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Enter a formula, beginning with an equal sign (=), including any functions and ID numbers if required. ID numbers must be enclosed by double square brackets. e.g. for a grade item with <em>XYZ</em> as an ID number, use <em>[[XYZ]]</em> in the formula. See below for more details about constructing calculations.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/grade-calc-3.png" alt="" width="569" height="548" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click the <strong>Save Changes</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="build-calculations"></a>Constructing Calculations:</strong></span></p>
<p>The following standard operations are available: </p>
<ul>
<li>Addition - using the plus <strong>+</strong> sign</li>
<li>Subtraction - using the minus <strong>-</strong> sign</li>
<li>Multiplication - using the asterisk <strong>*</strong> character</li>
<li>Division - using the slash <strong>/</strong> character</li>
<li>Exponentiation - using the caret <strong>^</strong> character</li>
<li>Round brackets for multiplication and order of operations - using <strong>(</strong> and <strong>)</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>The following functions are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><em>average([[item1]], [[item2]]...)</em>: Returns the average of the values in a list of arguments</li>
<li><em>ceil(number)</em>: Maps a real number to the smallest following integer</li>
<li><em>floor(number)</em>: Maps a real number to the largest previous integer</li>
<li><em>if([[item1]], [[item2]], [[item3]])</em>: Evaluates the first argument (condition) and returns the second argument if the condition is not zero (true condition) and returns the third argument if the condition is zero (false condition).</li>
<li><em>max([[item1]], [[item2]]...)</em>: Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments</li>
<li><em>min([[item1]], [[item2]]...)</em>: Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments</li>
<li><em>mod(dividend, divisor)</em>: Calculates the remainder of a division</li>
<li><em>pi()</em>: Returns the value of the number Pi (3.14159265...)</li>
<li><em>power(base, exponent)</em>: Raises a number to the exponent power (this is the same as base^exponent)</li>
<li><em>round(number, count)</em>: Rounds number to count decimal digits</li>
<li><em>sum([[item1]], [[item2]]...)</em>: Returns the sum of all arguments (this is the same as [[item1]]+[[item2]]+...</li>
</ul>
<p>Other supported functions: </p>
<ul>
<li>sin()</li>
<li>sinh()</li>
<li>arcsin()</li>
<li>asin()</li>
<li>arcsinh()</li>
<li>asinh()</li>
<li>cos()</li>
<li>cosh()</li>
<li>arccos()</li>
<li>acos()</li>
<li>arccosh()</li>
<li>acosh()</li>
<li>tan()</li>
<li>tanh()</li>
<li>arctan()</li>
<li>atan()</li>
<li>arctanh()</li>
<li>atanh()</li>
<li>sqrt()</li>
<li>abs()</li>
<li>ln()</li>
<li>log()</li>
<li>exp()</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="example-calculations"></a>Example Calculations</strong>:</span></p>
<ul>
<li>Return the maximum value of the grades referred by Quiz.1, Quiz.4 and Assignment.1
<ul>
<li><em>=max([[Quiz.1]], [[Quiz.4]], [[Assignment.1]])</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Returns the average of the maximum and the minimum values among Quiz.1, Quiz.4 and Assignment.1 (functions can be nested)
<ul>
<li><em>=average(max([[Quiz.1]], [[Quiz.4]], [[Assignment.1]]), min([[Quiz.1]], [[Quiz.4]], [[Assignment.1]]))</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Return a weighted grade sum where item1 is weighted 30%, item2 is weighted at 60% and item3 is weighted at 200%
<ul>
<li><em>=sum([[item1]]*0.3, [[item2]]*0.6, [[item3]]*2)</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Return the sum of midtermexam and lab items if the midtermexam grade is 5 of more, and 0 otherwise. This is a way of handling conditional evaluation in a course.
<ul>
<li><em>=if([[midtermexam]]&gt;=5, [[midtermexam]]+[[lab]], 0)</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Returns the average of item1 and item2 if both have 5 of more, and 0 otherwise. This is a way to handle sine qua non activities.
<ul>
<li><em>=if(AND([[item1]]&gt;=5, [[item2]]&gt;=5), ([[item1]]+[[item2]])/2, 0)</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Return a threshold score across a series of similar items, ie. students can receive a maximum of 10 points across all their forum submissions
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">=min([[ID-of-forum-category-total]],10)</span></strong></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="notes"></a>Additional notes: </strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>When courses with complex calculations are rolled forward, these grade columns will show up as 'Error' in the grader report:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rolled-grade-calcs-0.png" alt="" width="510" height="" /><br /><br />This will persist until new grade item IDs are manually added (as in step #3. above). In the broken state, the calculations will show a hash syntax to indicate that they were pointing to grade item IDs in the previous course:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rolled-grade-calcs.png" alt="" width="792" height="259" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>For Campus St. Jean instructors or any others using the French language pack, he examples shown here in this guide use a comma (<strong>,</strong>) as a separator. If your course in displayed using the French language, you may be required to use a semicolon instead (<strong>;</strong>) as a separator.</li>
<li>The Moodle community has also developed the following video tutorials:
<ul>
<li><a href="https://youtu.be/WKUGyzAXcyA" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Basic Tutorial</a></li>
<li><a href="https://youtu.be/VBEj8mmu8lM" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Advanced Tutorial</a></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using an Existing Rubric as a Template]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-an-existing-rubric-as-a-template]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6da9003b743b65f4c0ccd295cc484e57]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 09 Feb 2015 11:21:36 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
<p>This article will explain how to re-use an existing rubric that you have already created in one eClass assignment for grading a different assignment.</p>
<p>First, we will need to create a template from an already existing rubric. If you do not have a rubric, please see the following article in order to make one: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/64/0/using-rubrics" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Rubrics</a>.</p>
<p>To use an existing rubric for another assignment:</p>
<ol>
<li>First, click on the assignment. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="191" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>On the assignment's <em>Grading summary</em> page, click on the <strong>Advanced grading</strong> tab on the top panel.<strong> <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="896" /><br /><br /></strong></li>
<li>You will be taken to a new page. On the top of the page. there will be a drop-down menu box. Select <strong>Rubric</strong> as the option from the list. Then, click on <strong>Create new grading form from a template</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-template-5.png" alt="" width="600" height="320" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>On the new page, there will be a search function that will allow you to find any of your own existing rubrics. Type in the name of the rubric here. Please ensure you click on the check box "include my own forms". <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-template-6.png" alt="" width="649" height="253" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>A list of all the rubrics you created should appear. When you find the rubric, click on <strong>Use this form as a template</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-template-7.png" alt="" width="600" height="580" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Then, click on <strong>Continue </strong>and you are done.  <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/rubric-template-8.png" alt="" width="550" height="522" /><br /><br />You can now use your previously created rubric for your current assignment. </li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>